Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K
 
¨ 	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
For The Fiscal Year Ended December 30, 2011
Commission File Number 1-16137

GREATBATCH, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	 	16-1531026	
(State of Incorporation)	 	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)	
10000 Wehrle Drive
Clarence, New York 14031
(Address of principal executive offices)
(716) 759-5600
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class:	 	Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered:	
Common Stock, Par Value $0.001 Per Share	 	New York Stock Exchange	
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights	 	New York Stock Exchange	
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨
Indicate by checkmark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	 	¨	  	Accelerated filer	 	x	
				
Non-accelerated filer	 	¨	  	Smaller reporting company	 	¨	
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x
The aggregate market value of common stock of Greatbatch, Inc. held by non-affiliates as of July 1, 2011 (last business day of most recently completed second fiscal quarter), based on the last sale price of $27.23, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange: $625.8 million. Solely for the purpose of this calculation, shares held by directors and officers and 10 percent shareholders of the Registrant have been excluded. Such exclusion should not be deemed a determination by or an admission by the Registrant that these individuals are, in fact, affiliates of the Registrant. 
Shares of common stock outstanding on February 28, 2012: 23,431,594

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the following document are specifically incorporated by reference into the indicated parts of this report:

Document	  	Part	
Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders	  	Part III, Item 10
“Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance”	
		
	  	Part III, Item 11
“Executive Compensation”	
		
	  	Part III, Item 12
“Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters”	
		
	  	Part III, Item 13
“Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence”	
		
	  	Part III, Item 14
“Principal Accounting Fees and Services”	

 

Table of Contents
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM
NUMBER	 	 	  	PAGE
NUMBER	 	
PART I	   	
			
1	 	Business	  	 	3	  	
			
1A	 	Risk Factors	  	 	20	  	
			
1B	 	Unresolved Staff Comments	  	 	28	  	
			
2	 	Properties	  	 	29	  	
			
3	 	Legal Proceedings	  	 	29	  	
			
4	 	Mine Safety Disclosures	  	 	30	  	
	
PART II	   	
			
5	 	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	  	 	30	  	
			
6	 	Selected Financial Data	  	 	31	  	
			
7	 	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	  	 	32	  	
			
7A	 	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	  	 	59	  	
			
8	 	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	  	 	61	  	
			
9	 	Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	  	 	118	  	
			
9A	 	Controls and Procedures	  	 	119	  	
			
9B	 	Other Information	  	 	120	  	
	
PART III	   	
			
10	 	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	  	 	120	  	
			
11	 	Executive Compensation	  	 	120	  	
			
12	 	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	  	 	120	  	
			
13	 	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	  	 	120	  	
			
14	 	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	  	 	120	  	
	
PART IV	   	
			
15	 	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	  	 	120	  	
			
	 	Signatures	  	 	122	  	
 
- 2 -

Table of Contents
 PART I
 ITEM 1. BUSINESS
OVERVIEW
Wilson Greatbatch, co-inventor of the first successful implanted pacemaker, founded Greatbatch in 1970. Greatbatch, Inc. is a Delaware corporation that was incorporated in 1997. When used in this report, the terms “Greatbatch,” “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” mean Greatbatch, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The Company had its initial public offering in 2000.
We operate our company in two reportable segments – Greatbatch Medical and Electrochem Solutions (“Electrochem”). Our customers include large multi-national original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”). The Greatbatch Medical segment designs and manufactures medical devices and components primarily for the Cardiac Rhythm Management (“CRM”), Neuromodulation, Vascular Access and Orthopaedic markets. Additionally, Greatbatch Medical offers value-added assembly and design engineering services for products that incorporate Greatbatch Medical components. As a result of our strategy put in place over three years ago, Greatbatch Medical now offers its customers complete medical devices including design, development, manufacturing, regulatory submission and supporting worldwide distribution. This medical device strategy is being facilitated through the QiG Group and leverages the component technology of Greatbatch Medical and Electrochem in our core markets: Cardiovascular, Neuromodulation and Orthopaedic. Once the QiG Group designs and develops a medical device, it is manufactured by Greatbatch Medical.
Electrochem provides technology solutions where safety, reliability, quality and durability are critical. Electrochem’s customized primary (non-rechargeable) and secondary (rechargeable) battery solutions are used in markets such as energy, portable medical, military, environmental and more. Electrochem’s product lines cover a number of highly-customized battery-powered applications in remote and demanding environments, including down hole drilling tools, military communication devices, automated external defibrillators, oceanographic buoys and more. Electrochem’s primary and secondary power solutions and wireless sensing systems are used in markets where failure is not an option.
Since Greatbatch, Inc. was incorporated, it has completed the following acquisitions either directly or indirectly through one of its subsidiaries:

Acquisition Date	  	Acquired Company	  	Business at Time of Acquisition	
July 1997	  	Wilson Greatbatch Ltd.	  	Founded in 1970, designed and manufactured batteries for implantable medical and commercial applications.	
			
August 1998	  	Hittman Materials and Medical Components, Inc.	  	Founded in 1962, designed and manufactured ceramic and glass feedthroughs and specialized porous coatings for electrodes used in IMDs.	
			
August 2000                	  	Battery Engineering, Inc.	  	Founded in 1983, designed and manufactured high-energy density batteries for industrial, commercial, military and medical applications.	
 
- 3 -

Table of Contents

Acquisition Date	  	Acquired Company	  	Business at Time of Acquisition	
			
June 2001	  	Sierra-KD Components division of Maxwell Technologies, Inc.	  	Founded in 1986, designed and manufactured ceramic electromagnetic filtering capacitors and integrated them with wire feedthroughs for use in IMDs as well as military, aerospace and commercial applications.	
			
July 2002	  	Globe Tool and Manufacturing Company, Inc.	  	Founded in 1954, designed and manufactured precision enclosures used in IMDs and commercial products used in the aerospace, electronics and automotive sectors.	
			
March 2004	  	NanoGram Devices Corporation	  	Founded in 1996, developed nanoscale materials for battery and medical device applications.	
			
April 2007	  	BIOMEC, Inc.	  	Established in 1998, provided medical device design and component integration to early-stage and established customers.	
			
June 2007	  	Enpath Medical, Inc.	  	Founded in 1981, designed, developed, and manufactured venous introducers and dilators, implantable leadwires, steerable sheaths and steerable catheters.	
			
October 2007	  	IntelliSensing LLC	  	Founded in 2005, designed and manufactured battery-powered wireless sensing solutions for commercial applications.	
			
November 2007	  	Quan Emerteq LLC	  	Founded in 1998, designed, developed, and manufactured catheters, stimulation leadwires, microcomponents and assemblies.	
			
November 2007	  	Engineered Assemblies Corporation	  	Founded in 1984, designed and integrated custom battery solutions and electronics focused on rechargeable systems for industrial, commercial, military and portable medical applications.	
			
January 2008	  	P Medical Holding SA	  	Founded in 1994, designed, manufactured and supplied delivery systems, instruments and implants for the orthopaedic industry.	
			
February 2008	  	DePuy Orthopaedics’ Chaumont, France manufacturing facility	  	Manufactured hip and shoulder implants for DePuy Orthopaedics.	
			
December 2011            	  	Micro Power Electronics, Inc.	  	Founded in 1990, designed custom battery packs, smart chargers and power supplies for industrial, military and portable medical applications.	
 
- 4 -

Table of Contents
FINANCIAL STATEMENT YEAR END
We utilize a fifty-two, fifty-three week fiscal year ending on the Friday nearest December 31 st . Fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 ended on December 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and January 1, 2010, respectively. Fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 contained fifty-two weeks.
SEGMENT INFORMATION
We operate our business in two reportable segments—Greatbatch Medical and Electrochem. Segment information including sales from external customers, profit or loss, and assets by segment as well as sales from external customers and long-lived assets by geographic area are set forth at Note 19 “Business Segment, Geographic and Concentration Risk Information” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report.
GREATBATCH MEDICAL
CRM and Neuromodulation — Component products include batteries, capacitors, filtered and unfiltered feedthroughs, engineered components, implantable stimulation leads and enclosures used in implantable medical devices (“IMD”). Additionally, Greatbatch Medical offers value-added assembly for these IMDs. An IMD is an instrument that is surgically inserted into the body to provide diagnosis and/or therapy. One sector of the IMD market is CRM, which is comprised of devices such as implantable pacemakers, implantable cardioverter defibrillators (“ICD”), cardiac resynchronization therapy (“CRT”) devices, and cardiac resynchronization therapy with backup defibrillation devices (“CRT-D”). Another sector of the IMD market is neuromodulation, which is comprised of pacemaker-type devices that stimulate nerves for the treatment of various conditions. Beyond established therapies of pain control, incontinence and movement disorders (Parkinson’s disease and epilepsy), nerve stimulation for the treatment of other disabilities such as migraines, obesity and depression has shown promising results.
The following table sets forth the main categories of battery-powered IMDs and the principal illness or symptoms treated by each device:

Device	  	Principal Illness or Symptom	
Pacemakers	  	Abnormally slow heartbeat (Bradycardia)	
ICDs	  	Rapid and irregular heartbeat (Tachycardia)	
CRT/CRT-Ds	  	Congestive heart failure	
Neurostimulators	  	Chronic pain, movement disorders, epilepsy, obesity or depression	
Cochlear hearing devices	  	Hearing loss	
IMD systems generally include an implantable pulse generator (“IPG”) and one or more stimulation leads. An IPG is a battery powered device that produces electrical pulses. The lead then carries this electrical pulse from the IPG to the heart, spinal cord or other location in the body. Greatbatch Medical’s portfolio of proprietary technologies, products and capabilities has been built to provide our CRM and Neuromodulation customers with a single source for the vast majority of the components and subassemblies required to manufacture an IPG or lead, to include complete lead systems. Our investments in research and development have generated proprietary products such as the Q HR ® Q MR ® and Q Capacitor ® primary battery and capacitor lines, which have enabled our OEM partners to make improvements in their system offerings in terms of device reliability, size, longevity and power. Greatbatch Medical’s Xcellion™ line of Lithium-Ion rechargeable batteries leverages decades of implantable battery research, development and manufacturing expertise. This line of cells now includes the optional CoreGuard™ feature, which enables batteries to discharge to zero volts without performance degradation.
 
- 5 -

Table of Contents
Despite the current global market challenges for this industry, we believe that the CRM and Neuromodulation markets continue to exhibit fundamentals that position Greatbatch Medical for growth.
Increased demand for Greatbatch Medical technologies will continue to be driven by the following factors:
 
 	•	 	Advances in medical technology — New therapies will allow physicians to use IMDs to treat a wider range of patients with various diseases.	
 
 	•	 	Increasing device complexity — Device manufacturers are developing new devices with additional features (such as RF telemetry and MRI conditional capabilities) that will require increased energy, power and filtering capabilities. These new features make Greatbatch Medical technologies and innovations more relevant than ever.	
 
 	•	 	Expanding patient population — The patient groups that are eligible for CRM devices are increasing and the number of people in the U.S. that are over age 50 is expected to double in the next 10 years. Additionally, fast growing emerging markets, especially in Asia and Latin America, are getting significant attention from IMD manufacturers given their large population size, under-penetration, expanding purchasing power, and increasing expenditure in medical infrastructure and training. When coupled with the non-elective nature of most CRM technologies, these markets represent growth drivers for the Company.	
 
 	•	 	Growth within neuromodulation — Neuromodulation applications are growing at a faster pace than traditional markets, and are expected to expand as new therapeutic applications are identified. Additionally, core neuromodulation markets—like spinal cord stimulation—that rely significantly on patients for co-pays, are positioned to see stronger growth as global economic markets strengthen. Many CRM OEM companies, which are strategic partners of Greatbatch Medical, are also OEMs in the neuromodulation market, which positions us to capitalize on both drivers of market growth.	
Vascular Access — Products include introducers, specialty medical coatings, steerable sheaths and catheters that deliver therapies for many end-user markets including coronary and neurovascular disease, peripheral vascular disease, interventional radiology, vascular access, atrial fibrillation, and interventional cardiology, as well as products for medical imaging and drug and pharmaceutical delivery. Several of these markets are expected to experience significant global growth over the next few years. Introducers enable physicians to create a conduit through which they can insert infusion catheters, implantable ports, pacemaker leads and other therapeutic devices into a blood vessel. A catheter is a tube that can be inserted into a blood vessel to allow drainage, injection of fluids, or access by surgical instruments.
Our products seek to capitalize on the growth in the cardiac, neurology and vascular markets, especially since many of the large CRM OEMs are also in the vascular markets. This gives us an opportunity to develop close strategic partnerships that can be leveraged across markets, an opportunity that will grow in significance as OEMs continue to consolidate their operating divisions. In addition to those factors that are driving the CRM and neuromodulation markets, increased demand is also being driven by continued focus on minimally invasive procedures. Patients and health care providers are looking for minimally invasive technologies to treat disease. They are expanding the use of catheter based procedures and associated vascular therapies. We also continue to see strong growth in the vascular markets because of peripheral-vascular disease therapies and new indications for tissue extraction or ablation.
Orthopaedic — Products include hip and shoulder joint reconstruction implants, bone plates and spinal devices, and instruments and delivery systems used in hip and knee replacement, trauma fixation and spine surgeries. Orthopaedic implants are used in reconstructive surgeries to replace or repair hips, knees and other joints, such as shoulders, ankles and elbows that have deteriorated as a result of disease or
 
- 6 -

Table of Contents
injury. Trauma implant systems are used primarily to reattach or stabilize damaged bone or tissue while the body heals. Spinal implant systems are used by orthopaedic surgeons and neurosurgeons in the treatment of degenerative diseases, deformities and injuries in various regions of the spine.
Each implant system typically has an associated instrument set that is used in the surgical procedure to insert that specific implant system. Instruments included in a set vary by implant system. Usually, instrument sets are sterilized after each use and then reused, however, recent trends are moving towards single use instrumentation. Cases are used to store, transport and arrange implant systems and other medical devices and related surgical instruments. Cases are generally designed to allow for sterilization and re-use after an implant or other surgical procedure is performed. The majority of cases are tailored for specific implant procedures so that the instruments, implants and other devices are arranged within the case to match the order of use in the procedure and are securely held in clearly labeled, custom-formed pockets.
Many of the factors affecting the Orthopaedic market segment are similar to the CRM and Vascular Access markets. These factors include aging population, new implant and surgical technology, rising rates of obesity, a growing replacements market and emerging affluence in developing nations. As a result, we believe that the Orthopaedic market has strong growth fundamentals.
The following table summarizes information about our Greatbatch Medical products:

Product	  	Description	  	Principal Product Attributes	
Batteries	  	Lithium iodine (“Li Iodine”)
Lithium silver vanadium oxide (“Li SVO”)
Lithium carbon monoflouride (“Li CFx”)
Lithium ion rechargeable (“Li Ion”)
Lithium SVO/CFx (“Q HR ” & “Q MR ”)	  	High reliability and predictability
Long service life
Customized configuration
Light weight
High energy density, small size	
			
Capacitors	  	Storage for energy generated by a battery before delivery to the heart. Used in ICDs and CRT-Ds.	  	Stores more energy per unit volume (energy density) than other existing technologies Customized configuration	
			
EMI filters	  	Filters electromagnetic interference to limit undesirable response, malfunctioning or degradation in the performance of electronic equipment	  	High reliability attenuation of EMI RF over wide frequency ranges Customized design	
			
Feedthroughs	  	Allow electrical signals to be brought from inside hermetically sealed IMD to an electrode	  	Ceramic to metal seal is substantially more durable than traditional seals Multifunctional	
			
Coated electrodes        	  	Deliver electric signal from the feedthrough to a body part undergoing stimulation	  	High quality coated surface Flexible in utilizing any combination of biocompatible coating surfaces Customized offering of surfaces and tips	
 
- 7 -

Table of Contents

Product	  	Description	  	Principal Product Attributes	
Precision components	  	Machined
Molded and over molded products	  	High level of manufacturing precision Broad  manufacturing flexibility	
			
Enclosures and related components	  	Titanium
Stainless steel	  	Precision manufacturing, flexibility in configurations and materials	
			
Value-added assemblies	  	Combination of multiple components in a single package/unit	  	Leveraging products and capabilities to provide subassemblies and assemblies
 
Provides synergies in component technology and procurement systems	
			
Stimulation leads	  	Cardiac, neuro and hearing restoration stimulation leads	  	Custom and unique configurations that increase therapy effectiveness, provide finished device design and manufacturing	
			
Introducers	  	Creates a conduit to insert infusion catheters, guidewires, implantable ports, pacemaker leads and other therapeutic devices into a blood vessel	  	Variety of sizes and materials that facilitate problem-free access in a variety of clinical applications	
			
Catheters	  	Delivers therapeutic devices to specific sites in the body	  	Enable safe, simple delivery of therapeutic and diagnostic devices, soft tip and steerability
 
Provide regulatory clearance and finished device	
			
Cases and trays	  	Delivery systems for cleaning and sterilizing orthopaedic instruments and implants	  	Deliver turn-key full service kits	
			
Implants	  	Orthopaedic implants for reconstructive hip, knee, shoulder, trauma and spine procedures	  	Precision manufacturing, leveraging capabilities and products
 
Complete processes including sterile packaging and coatings	
			
Instruments	  	Orthopaedic instruments for reconstructive and trauma procedures	  	Designed to improve surgical techniques, reduce surgery time, increase surgical precision and decrease risk of contamination	
 
- 8 -

Table of Contents
A majority of the components and devices Greatbatch Medical sells incorporate proprietary technologies. These proprietary technologies provide an entry barrier for new competitors, and further limit existing competitors from duplicating our products. In addition to these proprietary technologies, our proprietary “know-how” in the manufacture of these products provides further barriers to competition.
QiG Group —As part of the natural evolution of our Company, in 2008, we reassigned 40 Greatbatch Medical engineers to create the QiG Group in order to help facilitate the development of complete medical devices for our customers. In creating QiG, we pooled and focused the tremendous talent, resources and capacity for innovation within our organization. Today, QiG encompasses 130 research and development professionals working in facilities in five states and focused on three compelling therapeutic areas: Cardiovascular, Neuromodulation and, longer-term, Orthopaedics. Additionally, QiG has established relationships with nearly a dozen key physicians who are highly specialized in these areas. These key opinion leaders are helping us to design medical devices from the ground up with features that will meet the needs of today’s practicing clinicians.
Within the QiG Group, we are utilizing a disciplined and diversified portfolio approach with three investment modes—strategic equity investments in start-up companies, OEM customer discrete projects, and incubating new medical devices to be sold or licensed to an OEM partner. The QiG Group employs a disciplined and thorough process for evaluating these opportunities. A scorecard process is utilized to review and select the most strategically valuable ideas to pursue, taking into account a host of variables including the market opportunity, regulatory pathway and reimbursement; market need and market potential; intellectual property and projected financial return.
As a result of the investments we have made, we are now able to provide our customers with complete medical devices. This includes development and regulatory submissions, as well as manufacturing and supporting worldwide distribution. These medical devices are full product solutions that complement our OEM customers’ products and utilize the component expertise and capabilities residing within Greatbatch Medical and Electrochem. The benefits to our OEM customers include shortening the time to market for these devices by accelerating the velocity of innovation, optimizing their supply chain and ultimately providing them with cost efficiencies. Once the QiG Group designs and develops a medical device, it is manufactured by Greatbatch Medical.
ELECTROCHEM
Electrochem provides technology solutions where safety, reliability, quality and durability are of the utmost importance. Our customized primary (non-rechargeable) and secondary (rechargeable) battery solutions are used in a number of critical markets such as energy, portable medical, military, environmental and more. Our product lines cover a vast number of highly-customized battery-powered applications in remote and demanding environments, including down hole drilling tools, military communication devices, automated external defibrillators, oceanographic buoys and more. Electrochem’s primary and secondary power solutions and wireless sensing systems are used in markets where failure is not an option.
Our primary lithium power solutions are utilized in extreme climates and can withstand exceptionally high and low temperatures, along with high shock and vibration. Electrochem’s product designs incorporate protective circuitry, glass-to-metal hermetic seals, fuses and diodes to help ensure safe, durable and reliable power as devices are subjected to these harsh conditions.
 
- 9 -

Table of Contents
Our secondary power solutions comprise a number of chemistries including lithium, nickel and lead acid. These solutions also provide value-adds that complement each power source, including engineering design expertise, advanced electronics, smart charging and battery management systems, to ensure each solution is ready to perform in mission critical and life-saving applications.
As more fully described in Note 2 “Acquisitions” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report, Electrochem acquired Micro Power Electronics, Inc. (“Micro Power”) on December 15, 2011. This acquisition is expected to increase Electrochem’s market position in both the primary and secondary engineered battery pack market, including chargers and power supplies. The acquisition increases Electrochem’s emphasis on portable medical and military market verticals, where specialized portable power solutions in high reliability applications are essential.
Electrochem’s unique wireless sensing systems are a complete solution for process industries, incorporating advanced wireless sensors that measure temperature, pressure and flow data, intelligent gateways and customized software. Electrochem’s wireless sensing solutions provide real-time control and monitoring in markets where wired sensors can be hazardous and impractical, as well as industrial environments that possess dirty, remote and extreme environmental conditions. These patented systems utilize Electrochem’s power sources and are used in existing markets such as energy, and new markets such as computer numerical control machining.
The following table summarizes information about our Electrochem products:

Product	  	Description	  	Principal Product Attributes	
Primary cells	  	Low-rate
Moderate-rate
High rate (spiral)	  	Optimized rate capability, shock and vibration resistant, high and low temperature tolerant, high energy density	
			
Primary and secondary battery packs	  	Highly-customized pack solutions	  	Diverse portfolio of cells in various sizes, temperature ranges and rate capabilities, custom-engineered and designed, value-add charging and battery management systems for secondary packs	
			
Wireless sensing systems	  	Complete solutions measuring temperature, pressure and flow in real-time	  	Wireless sensors and interactive gateways that withstand the most extreme internal and external industrial environments, provide critical, real-time data delivered directly to a work station	
 
- 10 -

Table of Contents
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
Our position as a leading developer and manufacturer of components for IMDs and Electrochem batteries is largely the result of our long history of technological innovation. We invest substantial resources in research, development and engineering. Our scientists, engineers and technicians focus on improving existing products, expanding the use of our products and developing new products. In addition to our internal technology and product development efforts, we also engage outside research institutions for unique technology projects. In order to facilitate the development of new and improved medical devices, in 2008 we significantly increased our investments in research and development. Investments in medical device products, which is being facilitated through the QiG Group, totaled $29 million, $22 million and $15 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Further information regarding the QiG Group is set forth under the Greatbatch Medical segment description of this Item 1 and “Product Development” section of Item 7 of this report.
PATENTS AND PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY
We rely on a combination of patents, licenses, trade secrets and know-how to establish and protect our proprietary rights to our technologies and products. Often, several patents covering various aspects of the design protect a single product. We believe this provides broad protection of the inventions employed.
As of December 30, 2011, we have 484 active U.S. patents and 363 active foreign patents. We also have 256 U.S. and 310 foreign pending patent applications at various stages of approval. During the past three years, we have been granted 143 new U.S. patents, 57 of which were granted in 2011. As a result of the QiG Group’s efforts to develop complete medical devices, the amount of intellectual property being generated by the Company has accelerated as of late. We currently have 86 pending patent applications and 42 patents have been granted to us relating to our medical devices.
We are also a party to several license agreements with third parties under which we have obtained, on varying terms, exclusive or non-exclusive rights to patents held by them. An example of these agreements is for the basic technology used in our wet tantalum capacitors, filtered feedthroughs, biomimetic coatings, safety needles and MRI compatible lead systems. We have also granted rights in our patents to others under license agreements.
It is our policy to require our management and technical employees, consultants and other parties having access to our confidential information to execute confidentiality agreements. These agreements prohibit disclosure of confidential information to third parties except in specified circumstances. In the case of employees and consultants, the agreements generally provide that all confidential information relating to our business is the exclusive property of Greatbatch.
MANUFACTURING AND QUALITY CONTROL
We primarily manufacture small lot sizes, as most customer orders range from a few hundred to a few thousand units. As a result, our ability to remain flexible is an important factor in maintaining high levels of productivity. Each of our production teams receives assistance from representatives from our quality, engineering, manufacturing, materials and procurement departments. Our quality systems are compliant with and certified to various recognized international standards, requirements and directives.
Our facilities in Alden, NY, and Minneapolis, MN are certified under the International Organization for Standardization (“ISO”): 9001 quality system standard, which requires compliance with regulations regarding product design (where applicable), supplier control, manufacturing processes and component quality. This certification can only be achieved after completion of an audit conducted by an independent authority followed by periodic inspections to maintain this certification.
 
- 11 -

Table of Contents
The quality systems of our manufacturing facilities in Tijuana, Mexico, Plymouth, MN, Clarence, NY, Chaumont, France, Orvin, Switzerland, Columbia City, IN, Indianapolis, IN and Raynham, MA are certified under the ISO: 13485 quality system standard, which requires, among other things, an implemented quality system that applies to the design (where applicable) and manufacture of components, assemblies and finished medical devices, including component quality and supplier control. Along with ISO: 13485, the facilities (where applicable) are subject to regulation by numerous regulatory bodies, including the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and comparable international regulatory agencies in order to ship product worldwide.
We are required to register with the FDA as a device manufacturer and as a result, we are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA for compliance with their Quality System Regulation (“QSR”) requirements. Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements is subject to continual review and is rigorously monitored through periodic inspections by the FDA. In the European Community, we are required to maintain certain ISO certifications in order to sell products, and we undergo periodic inspections by notified bodies to obtain and maintain these certifications. Maintaining these certifications gives us the ability to serve as a manufacturing partner to medical device manufacturers, which we believe will improve our competitive position. Our Plymouth, MN, Columbia City, IN, Indianapolis, IN, Orvin, Switzerland and Chaumont, France facilities are registered with the FDA.
SALES AND MARKETING
Products from our Greatbatch Medical business are sold directly to our customers. In our Electrochem business, we utilize a combination of direct and indirect sales methods, depending on the particular product. In 2011, approximately 45% of our products were sold in the U.S. Sales outside the U.S. are primarily to customers whose corporate offices are located and headquartered in the U.S. Information regarding our sales by geographic area is set forth at Note 19 “Business Segment, Geographic and Concentration Risk Information” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report.
Although the majority of our medical customers contract with us to develop custom components and assemblies to fit their product specifications, we also provide system and device solutions ready for market distribution by OEMs. As a result, we have established close working relationships between our internal program managers and our customers. We market our products and technologies at industry meetings and trade shows domestically and internationally.
Internal sales managers support all activity and involve engineers and technology professionals in the sales process to address customer requests appropriately. For system and device solutions, we partner with our customers’ research, marketing, and clinical groups to jointly develop technology platforms in alignment with their product roadmaps and therapy needs.
Electrochem utilizes a direct and indirect selling model to end users and OEMs. Additionally, we have a small number of strategic partner organizations, which enable us to sell into markets where language or geographical barriers are present. We leverage our strategic account managers with appropriate support from engineering, to design and sell product solutions into our targeted markets. Our strategic account managers are trained to assist our customers in selecting appropriate chemistries and configurations. We market our products and services through well-defined selling strategies and marketing campaigns that are customized for each of the industries we target.
Firm backlog orders at December 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were approximately $191 million and $159 million, respectively. The majority of the orders outstanding at December 30, 2011 are expected to be shipped within one year.
 
- 12 -

Table of Contents
CUSTOMERS
Our Greatbatch Medical customers include large multi-national OEMs and their affiliated subsidiaries such as, in alphabetical order here and throughout this report, Biotronik, Boston Scientific, Johnson & Johnson, Medtronic, Smith & Nephew, Sorin Group, St. Jude Medical, Stryker and Zimmer. During 2011, 2010, and 2009, Boston Scientific, Johnson & Johnson, Medtronic and St. Jude Medical collectively accounted for 59%, 62% and 63% of our total sales, respectively. The Company has been successful in leveraging our diversified product line to further penetrate these customers and selling into more of their operating divisions, which cover the CRM, Neuromodulation, Vascular Access and Orthopaedic markets.
The nature and extent of our selling relationship with each OEM customer is different in terms of products purchased, selling prices, product volumes, ordering patterns and inventory management. For customers with long-term contracts, we have negotiated fixed pricing arrangements for pre-determined volume levels with pricing fixed at each level. In general, the higher the volume level, the lower the pricing. We have pricing arrangements with our customers that at times do not specify minimum order quantities. We recognize revenue when it is realized or realizable and earned. This occurs when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, the buyer is obligated to pay us (i.e., not contingent on a future event), the risk of loss is transferred, there is no obligation of future performance, collectability is reasonably assured and the amount of future returns can reasonably be estimated. Those criteria are met at the time of shipment when title passes.
Our visibility to customer ordering patterns is over a relatively short period of time. Our customers may have inventory management programs, vertical integration plans and/or alternate supply arrangements which we are unaware of. Additionally, the relative market share among the OEM manufacturers changes periodically. Consequently, these and other factors can significantly impact our sales in any given period. Our customers may initiate field actions with respect to market-released products. These actions may include product recalls or communications with a significant number of physicians about a product or labeling issue. The scope of such actions can range from very minor issues affecting a small number of units to more significant actions. There are a number of factors, both short-term and long-term, related to these field actions that may impact our results. In the short-term, if a product has to be replaced, or customer inventory levels have to be restored, demand will increase. Also, changing customer order patterns due to market share shifts or accelerated device replacements may also have a positive or negative impact on our sales results in the near-term. These same factors may have longer-term implications as well. Customer inventory levels may ultimately have to be rebalanced to match new demand.
Our Electrochem customers are primarily companies involved in demanding markets where highly sophisticated power solutions or wireless sensing needs exist, such as energy, portable medical, military and environmental monitoring. Some of our larger OEM customers include General Electric, Halliburton Company, Scripps Institution of Oceanography, Thales, Weatherford International and Zoll Medical Corp.
SUPPLIERS AND RAW MATERIALS
We purchase certain critical raw materials from a limited number of suppliers due to the technically challenging requirements of the supplied product and/or the lengthy process required to qualify these materials both internally and with our customers. We cannot quickly establish additional or replacement suppliers for these materials because of these rigid requirements. For these critical raw materials, we maintain minimum safety stock levels and contractually partner with suppliers to help ensure the continuity of supply. Historically, we have not experienced any significant interruptions or delays in obtaining critical raw materials.
 
- 13 -

Table of Contents
For non-critical raw material purchases, we utilize competitive pricing methods such as bulk purchases, precious metal pool buys, blanket orders, and long-term contracts to secure supply. We believe that there are alternative suppliers or substitute products available at competitive prices for all of these non-critical raw materials.
COMPETITION
Existing and potential competitors in our Greatbatch Medical business include leading IMD manufacturers such as Biotronik, Boston Scientific, Johnson & Johnson, Medtronic, Smith & Nephew, Sorin Group, St. Jude Medical, Stryker and Zimmer that currently have vertically integrated operations and may expand their vertical integration capability in the future. Competitors also include independent suppliers who typically specialize in one type of component. Competition for Electrochem varies and is dependent on the targeted industry. Our known non-vertically integrated competitors include the following:

Product Line	  	Competitors	
Greatbatch Medical	  		
Medical batteries	  	Eagle-Picher
Quallion	
		
Capacitors	  	Critical Medical Components	
		
Feedthroughs	  	Alberox (subsidiary of The Morgan Crucible Co. PLC)	
		
EMI filtering	  	AVX (subsidiary of Kyocera)
Eurofarad	
		
Enclosures	  	Heraeus
Hudson
National	
		
Machined and molded components	  	Numerous	
		
Value added assembly	  	Numerous	
		
Catheters	  	Creganna
Teleflex	
		
Introducers	  	Pressure Products
Thomas Medical	
		
Stimulation leads	  	Oscor	
		
Orthopaedic trays, instruments and implants        	  	Accelent
Avalign Technologies
IMDS
Micropulse, Inc.
Norwood Medical
Orchid	
 
- 14 -

Table of Contents

Product Line	  	Competitors	
Orthopaedic trays, instruments and implants        
(con’t)	  	Sandvik
Symmetry
Paragon
Teleflex	
		
Electrochem	  		
Primary Power Solutions	  	Tracer Technologies, Engineered Power, Saft, Ultralife	
		
Secondary Power Solutions	  	ICC, Nexergy, Ultralife, Saft	
		
Wireless Sensing Solutions	  	Vektek	
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
Except as described below, our business is not subject to direct governmental regulation other than the laws and regulations generally applicable to all businesses in the jurisdictions in which we operate. We are subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations governing the emission, discharge, use, storage and disposal of hazardous materials and the remediation of contamination associated with the release of these materials at our facilities and at off-site disposal locations. Our manufacturing and research, development and engineering activities may involve the controlled use of small amounts of hazardous materials. Liabilities associated with hazardous material releases arise principally under the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act and analogous state laws that impose strict, joint and several liabilities on owners and operators of contaminated facilities and parties that arrange for the off-site disposal of hazardous materials. We are not aware of any material noncompliance with the environmental laws currently applicable to our business and we are not subject to any material claim for liability with respect to contamination at any Company facility or any off-site location. We may, however, become subject to these environmental liabilities in the future as a result of our historic or current operations.
Our products are subject to regulation by numerous government agencies, including the FDA and comparable foreign agencies. For some of our component technology, we have “master files” on record with the FDA. Master files may be used to provide proprietary and confidential detailed information about technology, facilities, processes, or articles used in the manufacturing, processing, packaging and storing of one or more medical device components. These master files for devices may be used by device manufacturers to support their premarket approval application (“PMA”), investigational device exemption application (“IDE”) or premarket notification (“510(k)”).
In the U.S., our introducer and delivery catheter products are considered Class II devices. The 510(k) process requires us to demonstrate that our new medical devices are substantially equivalent to a legally marketed medical device. In order to support a substantial equivalence claim, we must submit supporting data. In Europe, these devices are considered Class IIa and Class III, respectively, under European Medical Device Directives. These Directives require companies that wish to manufacture and distribute medical devices in European Union member countries to obtain a CE Marking for those products, which indicate that the products meet minimum standards of performance, essential requirements, safety conformity assessment and quality.
The PMA process is a more rigorous process that is required to demonstrate that a new medical device is safe and effective. This is demonstrated by generating data regarding the design, manufacturing processes, materials, bench testing, and animal testing and typically requiring human clinical data. Some of our products that we are developing are Class III medical devices that require a PMA or, in the European Union, premarket approval through submission of a Design Dossier.
 
- 15 -

Table of Contents
In 2010, Greatbatch Medical received clearance from the FDA for its OptiSeal Valved Peelable Introducer. We also received approval in Canada and CE Marking for distribution in Europe. OptiSeal is significant in that it represents the first 510(k) regulatory clearance received under the Greatbatch Medical brand and is the first product commercialized in connection with our systems and device strategy.
During the first quarter of 2012, we received FDA 510(k) clearance on our transradial catheter sheath introducer and steerable delivery sheath for AF ablation.
As a manufacturer of medical devices and components that go into medical devices, we are also subject to periodic inspection by the FDA for compliance with the FDA’s Quality System Requirements and the applicable notified body in the European Union to ensure conformity to the Medical Device Directives and Active Implantable Medical Device Directives. We believe that our quality controls, development, testing, manufacturing, labeling, marketing and distribution of our medical devices conform to the requirements of all pertinent regulations. During 2011, our Greatbatch Medical facility in Chaumont, France was successfully inspected by the FDA without any Form 483 observations issued.
Our sales and marketing practices are subject to regulation by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services pursuant to federal anti-kickback laws, and are also subject to similar state laws.
We are also subject to various other environmental, transportation and labor laws as well as various other directives and regulations both in the U.S. and abroad. We believe that compliance with these laws will not have a material impact on our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position. Given the scope and nature of these laws, however, they may have a material impact on our operational results in the future. We assess potential product related liabilities on a quarterly basis. At present, we are not aware of any such liabilities that would have a material impact on our business.
In March 2010, President Obama signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act (collectively “Health Care Reform”) legislating broad-based changes to the U.S. health care system. Health Care Reform could significantly impact our business operations and financial results, including increasing or decreasing revenue, as well as increasing employee medical costs and taxes.
Health Care Reform imposes significant new taxes on OEMs, which will result in a significant increase in the tax burden on our industry and which could have a material, negative impact on our results of operations and our cash flows. Other elements of Health Care Reform such as comparative effectiveness research, an independent payment advisory board, payment system reforms including shared savings pilots and other provisions could meaningfully change the way healthcare is developed and delivered, and may materially impact numerous aspects of our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Many significant parts of Health Care Reform will be phased in over the next seven years and require further guidance and clarification in the form of regulations. As a result, many of the impacts of Health Care Reform will not be known until those regulations are enacted, which we expect to occur over the next several years.
 
- 16 -

Table of Contents
Since January 2010, there have been various actions by the U.S. Congress and the U.S. Department of Transportation, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration to amend requirements in the hazardous materials regulations on the transportation of lithium cells and batteries, including lithium cells and batteries packed or contained in equipment. If enacted, these actions could have negatively impacted our results of operations in the form of increased compliance costs for our lithium batteries. On February 14, 2012, President Obama signed into law the Federal Aviation Administration Modernization and Reform Act, which reconciles the nation’s standards with global rules on the air shipment of lithium batteries, except for narrow exceptions. As a result of this legislation, we do not expect that any future U.S. legislative or administrative actions regarding the transportation of lithium cells and batteries will materially impact our results of operations, unless current global standards are revised.
On December 15, 2010, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued a proposed rule under Section 1502 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. Section 1502 relates to reporting requirements regarding conflict minerals originating in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and adjoining countries. Under the proposed rule, issuers would be required to perform a “reasonable” due-diligence process to ascertain whether conflict minerals are necessary to the functionality or production of their manufactured or contracted to be manufactured products. If conflict minerals are used, the issuer would be required to make certain disclosures in its annual report on Form 10-K. We would incur additional, new compliance costs if the proposed rule is adopted since our Greatbatch Medical business utilizes some of the minerals specified in the proposed rule.
RECRUITING AND TRAINING
We invest substantial resources in our recruiting efforts to focus on a quality workforce that will support our business objectives. Our goal is to provide our associates with growth opportunities by attempting to fill more than half of our open employment positions internally. We further meet our hiring needs through outside sources, as required. We have an active succession planning process including a comprehensive development program in place for senior management in order to ensure we are able to implement our strategic plan.
We provide training for our associates designed to educate them on safety, quality, business strategy, and our culture. Our safety training programs educate associates on basic industrial safety practices while emphasizing the importance of knowing emergency response procedures. Our training programs focus on the methodologies and technical competencies required to support current and future business needs with a strong focus on quality and continuous improvement.
Supporting our commitment to learning, we offer our associates tuition reimbursement and encourage them to continue their education at accredited colleges and universities. We have established a number of programs designed to challenge and motivate our associates specifically encouraging continuous improvement, supervisory and leadership skills. We believe ongoing development is necessary to ensure our associates utilize best practices, and share a common understanding of work practices and performance expectations.
 
- 17 -

Table of Contents
EMPLOYEES
The following table provides a breakdown of employees as of December 30, 2011:

Manufacturing	  	 	1,621	  	
General and administrative	  	 	121	  	
Sales and marketing	  	 	65	  	
Research, development and engineering	  	 	296	  	
Chaumont, France facility	  	 	236	  	
Switzerland facilities	  	 	231	  	
Tijuana, Mexico facility	  	 	701	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	 	3,271	  	
	  	 	 	 	
We also employ a number of temporary employees to assist us with various projects and service functions and address peaks in staff requirements. Our employees at our Chaumont, France and Tijuana, Mexico facilities are represented by a union. Approximately 171 and 230 positions at our Switzerland and France locations, respectively, are manufacturing in nature. The positions at our Tijuana, Mexico facility are primarily manufacturing. Approximately 192 positions were added as a result of our acquisition of Micro Power of which approximately 118 positions are manufacturing in nature. We believe that we have a good relationship with our employees.
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
Information concerning our executive officers is presented below as of February 28, 2012. The officers’ terms of office run from year to year until the first meeting of the Board of Directors after our Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which meeting takes place immediately following our Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and until their successors are elected and qualified, except in the case of earlier death, retirement, resignation or removal.
Mauricio Arellano , age 45, is President of our Greatbatch Medical segment, and has served in that office since December 2010. He served as Senior Vice President and Business Leader of our Cardiac and Neurology Group from October 2008 until December 2010, Senior Vice President and Business Leader of our CRM and Neuromodulation Group from January 2008 to October 2008, Senior Vice President and Business Leader of our Medical Solutions Group from November 2006 to January 2008, and as Vice President of Greatbatch Mexico from January 2005 to November 2006. Mr. Arellano joined our Company in October 2003 as the Plant Manager of our former Carson City, NV facility. Prior to joining our Company, he served in a variety of human resources and operational roles with Tyco Healthcare – Especialidades Medicas Kenmex and with Sony de Tijuana Este.
Susan M. Bratton , age 55, is Senior Vice President and Business Leader for our Electrochem segment, and has served in that office since January 2005. She served as Vice President of Corporate Quality from March 2001 to January 2005, as General Manager of our Electrochem Division from July 1998 to March 2001 and as Director of Procurement from June 1991 to July 1998. Ms. Bratton has held various other positions with our Company since joining us in 1976.
Michelle Graham , age 45, is Senior Vice President for Human Resources, and has served in that office since joining our Company in December 2010. From 2005 until December 2010, she held a number of senior human resources positions at Bausch & Lomb, most recently as Vice President of Human Resources for its Global Vision Care division.
 
- 18 -

Table of Contents
Thomas J. Hook , age 49, has served as our President & Chief Executive Officer since August 2006. Prior to August 2006, he was our Chief Operating Officer, a position he assumed upon joining our Company in September 2004. From August 2002 until September 2004, Mr. Hook was employed by CTI Molecular Imaging where he had served as President, CTI Solutions Group.
Thomas J. Mazza , age 58, is Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer, and has served in that office since August 2005. He joined our Company in November 2003 as Vice President and Corporate Controller. Prior to that, Mr. Mazza served in a variety of financial roles with Foster Wheeler Ltd., including Vice President and Corporate Controller.
Timothy G. McEvoy , age 54, is Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary, and has served in that office since joining our Company in February 2007. From 1992 until January 2007, he was employed in a variety of legal roles by Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
We make available free of charge through our Internet website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file those reports with, or furnish them to, the SEC. Our Internet address is www.greatbatch.com . The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference in this annual report on Form 10-K and should not be considered a part of this report. These items may also be obtained free of charge by written request made to Christopher J. Thome, Director of External Reporting and Investor Relations, Greatbatch, Inc., 10000 Wehrle Drive, Clarence, New York 14031.
CAUTIONARY FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS
Some of the statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K and other written and oral statements made from time to time by us and our representatives are not statements of historical or current fact. As such, they are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations, and these statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Forward-looking statements include statements relating to:
 
 	•	 	future sales, expenses and profitability;	
 
 	•	 	future development and expected growth of our business and industry;	
 
 	•	 	our ability to execute our business model and our business strategy;	
 
 	•	 	our ability to identify trends within our industries and to offer products and services that meet the changing needs of those markets; and	
 
 	•	 	projected capital expenditures.	
You can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. Actual events or results may differ materially from those stated or implied by these forward-looking statements. In evaluating these statements and our prospects, you should carefully consider the factors set forth below. All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary factors and to others contained throughout this report. We are under no duty to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this report or to conform these statements to actual results.
 
- 19 -

Table of Contents
Although it is not possible to create a comprehensive list of all factors that may cause actual results to differ from the results expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements or that may affect our future results, some of these factors include the following: our dependence upon a limited number of customers; customer ordering patterns; product obsolescence; our inability to market current or future products; pricing pressure from customers; our ability to timely and successfully implement cost reduction and plant consolidation initiatives; our reliance on third party suppliers for raw materials, products and subcomponents; fluctuating operating results; our inability to maintain high quality standards for our products; challenges to our intellectual property rights; product liability claims; our inability to successfully consummate and integrate acquisitions and to realize synergies and to operate these acquired businesses in accordance with expectations; our unsuccessful expansion into new markets; our failure to develop new products including system and device products; our inability to obtain licenses to key technology; regulatory changes or consolidation in the healthcare industry; global economic factors including currency exchange rates and interest rates; the resolution of various legal actions brought against the Company; and other risks and uncertainties that arise from time to time and are described in Item 1A “Risk Factors” of this report.
 
 ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS.	
Our business faces many risks. Any of the risks discussed below, or elsewhere in this report or in our other SEC filings, could have a material impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Risks Related To Our Business
We depend heavily on a limited number of customers, and if we lose any of them or they reduce their business with us, we would lose a substantial portion of our revenues.
In 2011, Boston Scientific, Johnson & Johnson, Medtronic and St. Jude Medical, collectively accounted for approximately 59% of our revenues. Our supply agreements with these customers may not be renewed. Furthermore, many of our supply agreements do not contain minimum purchase level requirements and therefore there is no guaranteed source of revenue that we can depend upon under these agreements. The loss of any large customer or a reduction of business with that customer for any reason would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If we do not respond to changes in technology, our products may become obsolete and we may experience a loss of customers and lower revenues.
We sell our products to customers in several industries that experience rapid technological changes, new product introductions and evolving industry standards. Without the timely introduction of new products and enhancements, our products and services will likely become technologically obsolete over time and we may lose a significant number of our customers. In addition, other new products introduced by our customers may require fewer of our components. We dedicate a significant amount of resources to the development of our products and technologies and we would be harmed if we did not meet customer requirements and expectations. Our inability, for technological or other reasons, to successfully develop and introduce new and innovative products could result in a loss of customers and lower revenues.
If we are unable to successfully market our current or future products, our business will be harmed and our revenues and operating results will be reduced.
The market for our medical and commercial products has been growing in recent years. If the market for our products does not grow as forecasted by industry experts, our revenues could be less than expected. In addition, it is difficult to predict the rate at which the market for our products will grow or at which new and increased competition will result in market saturation. Slower growth in the CRM,
 
- 20 -

Table of Contents
Orthopaedic, Vascular Access or Energy markets in particular would negatively impact our revenues. In addition, we face the risk that our products will lose widespread market acceptance. Our customers may not continue to utilize the products we offer and a market may not develop for our future products.
We may at times determine that it is not technically or economically feasible for us to continue to manufacture certain products and we may not be successful in developing or marketing them. Additionally, new technologies that we develop may not be rapidly accepted because of industry-specific factors, including the need for regulatory clearance, entrenched patterns of clinical practice and uncertainty over third party reimbursement. If this occurs, our business will be harmed and our operating results will be negatively affected.
We are subject to pricing pressures from customers, which could harm operating results.
We have made price reductions to some of our large customers in recent years and we expect customer pressure for price reductions will continue. Price concessions or reductions may cause our operating results to suffer. In addition, any delay or failure by a large customer to make payments due to us would harm our operating results and financial condition.
We rely on third party suppliers for raw materials, key products and subcomponents and if we are unable to obtain these materials, products and subcomponents on a timely basis or on terms acceptable to us, our ability to manufacture products will suffer.
Our business depends on a continuous supply of raw materials. The principal raw materials used in our business include lithium, iodine, tantalum, platinum, ruthenium, gallium trichloride, tantalum pellets, vanadium pentoxide, iridium, and titanium. The supply and price of these raw materials are susceptible to fluctuations due to transportation, government regulations, price controls, economic climate or other unforeseen circumstances. Increasing global demand for these raw materials has caused prices of these materials to increase significantly. In addition, there are a limited number of worldwide suppliers of several raw materials needed to manufacture our products. We may not be able to continue to procure raw materials critical to our business or to procure them at acceptable price levels.
We rely on third party manufacturers to supply many of our products and subcomponents. Manufacturing problems may occur with these and other outside sources, as a supplier may fail to develop and supply products and subcomponents to us on a timely basis, or may supply us with products and subcomponents that do not meet our quality, quantity and cost requirements. If any of these problems occur, we may be unable to obtain substitute sources for these products and subcomponents on a timely basis or on terms acceptable to us, which could harm our ability to manufacture our own products and components profitably or on time. In addition, to the extent the processes that our suppliers use to manufacture products and subcomponents are proprietary, we may be unable to obtain comparable subcomponents from alternative suppliers.
We may never realize the full value of our intangible assets, which represent a significant portion of our total assets.
At December 30, 2011, we had $459.2 million of intangible assets, representing 52% of our total assets. These intangible assets consist primarily of goodwill, trademarks, tradenames, customer lists and patented technology arising from our acquisitions. Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but are tested annually or upon the occurrence of certain events which indicate that the assets may be impaired. Definite lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are tested for impairment upon the occurrence of certain events which indicate that the assets may be impaired. We may not receive the recorded value for our intangible assets if we sell or liquidate our business or assets. In addition, the material concentration of intangible assets increases the risk of a large charge to earnings in the event that the recoverability of these intangible assets is
 
- 21 -

Table of Contents
impaired. In the event of such a charge to earnings, the market price of our common stock could be affected. In addition, intangible assets with definite lives, which represent $100.3 million of our net intangible assets at December 30, 2011, will continue to be amortized. We incurred total amortization expenses relating to these intangible assets of $10.5 million in 2011. These expenses will reduce our future earnings or increase our future losses.
Quality problems with our products could harm our reputation for producing high quality products and erode our competitive advantage.
Our products are held to high quality and performance standards. In the event our products fail to meet these standards, our reputation could be harmed, which could damage our competitive advantage and result in lower revenues.
Quality problems with our products could result in warranty claims and additional costs.
We generally allow customers to return defective or damaged products for credit, replacement, or exchange. We generally warrant that our products will meet customer specifications and will be free from defects in materials and workmanship. Additionally, we carry a safety stock of inventory for our customers which may be impacted by warranty claims. We reserve for our exposure to warranty claims based upon recent historical experience and other specific information as it becomes available. However, these reserves may not be adequate to cover future warranty claims and additional warranty costs or inventory write-offs may be incurred which could harm our operating results.
Regulatory issues resulting from product complaints, or recalls, or regulatory audits could harm our ability to produce and supply products or bring new products to market.
Our products are designed, manufactured and distributed globally in compliance with all applicable regulations and standards. However, a product complaint, recall or negative regulatory audit may cause products to be removed from the market and harm our operating results or financial condition. In addition, during the period in which corrective action is being taken by us to remedy a complaint, recall or negative audit, regulators may not allow new products to be cleared for marketing and sale.
If we become subject to product liability claims, our operating results and financial condition could suffer.
The manufacturing and sale of our products expose us to potential product liability claims and product recalls, including those that arise from failure to meet product specifications, misuse or malfunction, or design flaws, or use of our products with components or systems not manufactured or sold by us. Many of our products are components and function in interaction with our customers’ medical devices. For example, our batteries are produced to meet electrical performance, longevity and other specifications, but the actual performance of those products is dependent on how they are utilized as part of the customers’ devices over the lifetime of the products. Product performance and device interaction from time to time have been, and may in the future be, different than expected for a number of reasons. Consequently, it is possible that customers may experience problems with their medical devices that could require device recall or other corrective action, where our batteries met the specification at delivery, and for reasons that are not related primarily or at all to any failure by our product to perform in accordance with specifications. It is possible that our customers (or end-users) may in the future assert that our products caused or contributed to device failure. Even if these assertions do not lead to product liability or contract claims, they could harm our reputation and our customer relationships.
Provisions contained in our agreements with key customers attempting to limit our damages, including provisions to limit damages to liability for negligence, may not be enforceable in all instances or may otherwise fail to protect us from liability for damages. Product liability claims or product recalls,
 
- 22 -

Table of Contents
regardless of their ultimate outcome, could require us to spend significant time and money in litigation and require us to pay significant damages. The occurrence of product liability claims or product recalls could affect our operating results and financial condition.
We carry liability insurance coverage that is limited in scope and amount. We may not be able to maintain this insurance at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, or at all. This insurance may not be adequate to protect us against a product liability claim that arises in the future.
Our operating results may fluctuate, which may make it difficult to forecast our future performance and may result in volatility in our stock price.
Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors, including the following:
 
 	•	 	a substantial percentage of our costs are fixed in nature, which results in our operations being particularly sensitive to fluctuations in production volumes;	
 
 	•	 	changes in the relative portion of our revenue represented by our various products and customers, which could result in reductions in our profits if the relative portion of our revenue represented by lower margin products increases;	
 
 	•	 	timing of orders placed by our principal customers who account for a significant portion of our revenues; and	
 
 	•	 	increased costs of raw materials or supplies.	
If we are unable to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights, our business could be affected.
We rely on a combination of patents, licenses, trade secrets and know-how to establish and protect our rights to our technologies and products. As of December 30, 2011, we held 484 active U.S. patents and 363 active foreign patents. However, the steps we have taken and will take in the future to protect our rights may not be adequate to deter misappropriation of our intellectual property. In addition to seeking formal patent protection whenever possible, we attempt to protect our proprietary rights and trade secrets by entering into confidentiality and non-compete agreements with employees, consultants and third parties with which we do business. However, these agreements may be breached and if breached, there may be no adequate remedy available to us and we may be unable to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge, practices and/or procedures. If our trade secrets become known, we may lose our competitive advantages. Additionally, as patents and other intellectual property protection expire we may lose our competitive advantage.
If third parties infringe or misappropriate our patents or other proprietary rights, our business could be seriously harmed. We may be required to spend significant resources to monitor our intellectual property rights, we may not be able to detect infringement of these rights and may lose our competitive advantages associated with our intellectual property rights before we do so. In addition, competitors may design around our technology or develop competing technologies that do not infringe on our proprietary rights.
We may be subject to intellectual property claims, which could be costly and time consuming and could divert our management from our business operations.
In producing our products, third parties may claim that we are infringing on their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to have infringed those intellectual property rights. We may be unaware of intellectual property rights of others that may be used in our technology and products. In addition, third parties may claim that our patents have been improperly granted and may seek to invalidate our existing
 
- 23 -

Table of Contents
or future patents. If any claim for invalidation prevailed, the result could be greatly expanded opportunities for third parties to manufacture and sell products that compete with our products and our revenues from any related license agreements would decrease accordingly. We also typically do not receive significant indemnification from parties that license technology to us against third party claims of intellectual property infringement.
Any litigation or other challenges regarding our patents or other intellectual property could be costly and time consuming and could divert our management and key personnel from our business operations. The complexity of the technology involved in producing our products, and the uncertainty of intellectual property litigation increases these risks. Claims of intellectual property infringement might also require us to enter into costly royalty or license agreements. However, we may not be able to obtain royalty or license agreements on terms acceptable to us, or at all. We also may be made subject to significant damages or injunctions against development and sale of our products.
We may not be able to attract, train and retain a sufficient number of qualified employees to maintain and grow our business.
Our success will depend in large part upon our ability to attract, train, retain and motivate highly skilled employees. There is currently aggressive competition for employees who have experience in technology and engineering. We compete intensely with other companies to recruit and hire from this limited pool. The industries in which we compete for employees are characterized by high levels of employee attrition. Although we believe we offer competitive salaries and benefits, we may have to increase spending in order to attract, train and retain personnel.
We are dependent upon our senior management team and key personnel and the loss of any of them could significantly harm us.
Our future performance depends to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of our senior management team and key technical personnel. Our products are highly technical in nature. In general, only highly qualified and trained scientists have the necessary skills to develop our products. The loss or unavailability to us of any member of our senior management team or a key technical employee could significantly harm us. We face intense competition for these professionals from our competitors, customers and companies operating in our industry. To the extent that the services of members of our senior management team and key technical personnel would be unavailable to us for any reason, we would be required to hire other personnel to manage and operate our company and to develop our products and technology. We may not be able to locate or employ such qualified personnel on acceptable terms.
We may make acquisitions that could subject us to a number of operational risks and we may not be successful in integrating companies we acquire into our existing operations.
We have made and expect to make in the future acquisitions that complement our core competencies in technology and manufacturing to enable us to manufacture and sell additional products to our existing customers and to expand our business into related markets. Implementation of our acquisition strategy entails a number of risks, including:
 
 	•	 	inaccurate assessments of potential liabilities associated with the acquired businesses;	
 
 	•	 	the existence of unknown or undisclosed liabilities associated with the acquired businesses;	
 
 	•	 	diversion of our management’s attention from our core businesses;	
 
 	•	 	potential loss of key employees or customers of the acquired businesses;	
 
 	•	 	difficulties in integrating the operations and products of an acquired business or in realizing projected revenue growth, efficiencies and cost savings; and	
 
 	•	 	increases in indebtedness and limitation in our ability to access capital if needed.	
 
- 24 -

Table of Contents
Our acquisitions have increased the size and scope of our operations, and may place a strain on our managerial, operational and financial resources and systems. Any failure by us to manage this growth and successfully integrate these acquisitions could harm our business and our financial condition and results.
If we are not successful in making acquisitions to expand and develop our business, our operating results may suffer.
One facet of our growth strategy is to make acquisitions that complement our core competencies in technology and manufacturing to enable us to manufacture and sell additional products to our existing customers and to expand our business into related markets. Our continued growth may depend on our ability to identify and acquire companies that complement or enhance our business on acceptable terms. We may not be able to identify or complete future acquisitions. Some of the risks that we may encounter include expenses associated with and difficulties in identifying potential targets, the costs associated with unsuccessful acquisitions, and higher prices for acquired companies because of competition for attractive acquisition targets.
Accidents at any of our facilities could delay production and affect our operations.
Our business involves complex manufacturing processes and hazardous materials that can be dangerous to our employees. Although we employ safety procedures in the design and operation of our facilities, there is a risk that an accident or death could occur. Any accident, such as a chemical spill or fire, could result in significant manufacturing delays or claims for damages resulting from injuries, which would harm our operations and financial condition. The potential liability resulting from any such accident or death, to the extent not covered by insurance, could harm our financial condition or operating results. Any disruption of operations at any of our facilities could harm our business.
We may face competition that could harm our business and we may be unable to compete successfully against new entrants and established companies with greater resources.
Competition in connection with the manufacturing of our medical products may intensify in the future. One or more of our medical customers may undertake additional vertical integration initiatives and begin to manufacture some or all of their components that we currently supply them which could cause our operating results to suffer. The market for commercial power sources is competitive, fragmented and subject to rapid technological change. Many other commercial power source suppliers are larger and have greater financial, operational, personnel, sales, technical and marketing resources than us. These and other companies may develop products that are superior to ours, which could result in lower revenues and operating results.
We intend to develop new products and expand into new markets, which may not be successful and could harm our operating results.
We intend to expand into new markets and develop new and modified products based on our existing technologies and engineering capabilities, including the development of complete medical devices. These efforts have required and will continue to require us to make substantial investments, including significant research, development and engineering expenditures and capital expenditures for new, expanded or improved manufacturing facilities. Additionally, many of the new products we are working on take longer and more resources to develop and commercialize, including obtaining regulatory approval.
Specific risks in connection with expanding into new products and markets include: longer product development cycles, the inability to transfer our quality standards and technology into new products, the failure to receive regulatory approval for new products or modifications to existing products, and the failure of our customers to accept the new or modified products.
 
- 25 -

Table of Contents
Our failure to obtain licenses from third parties for new technologies or the loss of these licenses could impair our ability to design and manufacture new products and reduce our revenues.
We occasionally license technologies from third parties rather than depending exclusively on our own proprietary technology and developments. Our ability to license new technologies from third parties is and will continue to be critical to our ability to offer new and improved products. We may not be able to continue to identify new technologies developed by others and even if we are able to identify new technologies, we may not be able to negotiate licenses on favorable terms, or at all. Additionally, we could lose rights granted under licenses for reasons beyond our control.
Our international sales and operations are subject to a variety of risks and costs that could affect our profitability and operating results.
Our sales outside the U.S., which accounted for 55% of sales for 2011, and our operations in Mexico, Switzerland and France, are and will continue to be subject to a number of risks and potential costs, including:
 
 	•	 	changes in foreign regulatory requirements;	
 
 	•	 	local product preferences and product requirements;	
 
 	•	 	longer-term receivables than are typical in the U.S.;	
 
 	•	 	difficulties in enforcing agreements through certain foreign legal systems;	
 
 	•	 	less protection of intellectual property in some countries outside of the U.S.;	
 
 	•	 	trade protection measures and import and export licensing requirements;	
 
 	•	 	work force instability;	
 
 	•	 	political and economic instability; and	
 
 	•	 	complex tax and cash management issues.	
We earn revenue and incur expenses related to our foreign sales and operations that are denominated in a foreign currency. Historically, foreign currency fluctuations have not had a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. However, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could have a significant negative impact on our profitability and operating results.
The current economic environment and credit market uncertainty could interrupt our access to capital markets, borrowings, or financial transactions to hedge certain risks, which could affect our financial condition.
As of December 30, 2011, we had $236.0 million of long-term debt, including our convertible subordinated notes and revolving line of credit, which mature in 2013 and 2016, respectively. These facilities have allowed us to make investments in growth opportunities and fund working capital requirements. In addition, we enter into financial transactions to hedge certain risks, including foreign exchange and interest rate risk. Our continued access to capital markets, the stability of our lenders and their willingness to support our needs, and the stability of the parties to our financial transactions that hedge risks are essential for us to meet our current and long-term obligations, fund operations, and fund our strategic initiatives. An interruption in our access to external financing or financial transactions to hedge risk could affect our business prospects and financial condition.
The failure of our information technology systems to perform as anticipated could disrupt our business affect our financial condition.
The efficient operation of our business is dependent on our information technology (“IT”) systems. Accordingly, we rely upon the capacity, reliability and security of our IT hardware and software infrastructure and our ability to expand and update this infrastructure in response to our changing needs. Despite our implementation of security measures, our systems are vulnerable to damages from computer viruses, natural disasters, incursions by intruders or hackers,
 
- 26 -

Table of Contents
failures in hardware or software, power fluctuations, cyber terrorists and other similar disruptions. The failure of our IT systems to perform as anticipated for any reason or any significant breach of security could disrupt our business and result in numerous consequences, including reduced effectiveness and efficiency of operations, inappropriate disclosure of confidential information, increased overhead costs and loss of important information, which could have a material effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, we may be required to incur significant costs to protect against damage caused by these disruptions or security breaches in the future.
Risks Related To Our Industries
The healthcare industry is subject to various political, economic and regulatory changes that could force us to modify how we develop and price our products.
The healthcare industry is highly regulated and is influenced by changing political, economic and regulatory factors. Several of our product lines are subject to international, federal, state and local health and safety, packaging and product content regulations. In addition, IMDs produced by our medical customers are subject to regulation by the FDA and similar governmental agencies. These regulations cover a wide variety of product activities from design and development to labeling, manufacturing, promotion, sales and distribution. Compliance with these regulations may be time consuming, burdensome and expensive and could negatively affect our customers’ abilities to sell their products, which in turn would affect our ability to sell our products. This may result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated revenues.
Regulations issued in the healthcare industry are also complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. Federal and state legislatures have periodically considered programs to reform or amend the U.S. healthcare system at both the federal and state levels. In addition, these regulations may contain proposals to increase governmental involvement in healthcare, lower reimbursement rates or otherwise change the environment in which healthcare industry participants operate. We may be required to incur significant expenses to comply with these regulations or remedy past violations of these regulations. Our failure to comply with applicable government regulations could also result in cessation of portions or all of our operations, impositions of fines and restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations. In addition, because many of our products are sold into regulated industries, we must comply with additional regulations in marketing our products.
In response to perceived increases in health care costs in recent years, there have been and continue to be proposals by the Obama administration, members of Congress, state governments, regulators and third-party payors to control these costs and, more generally, to reform the U.S. healthcare system. The 2010 Health Care Reform Act imposes significant new taxes on OEMs, which will result in a significant increase in the tax burden on our industry and which could have a material, negative impact on our results of operations and our cash flows. Other elements of Health Care Reform such as comparative effectiveness research, an independent payment advisory board, payment system reforms including shared savings pilots and other provisions could meaningfully change the way healthcare is developed and delivered, and may materially impact numerous aspects of our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Many significant parts of Health Care Reform will be phased in over time and require further guidance and clarification in the form of regulations. As a result, many of the impacts of Health Care Reform will not be known until those regulations are enacted, which we expect to occur over the next several years.
 
- 27 -

Table of Contents
Our business is subject to environmental regulations that could be costly to comply with.
Federal, state and local regulations impose various environmental controls on the manufacturing, transportation, storage, use and disposal of batteries and hazardous chemicals and other materials used in, and hazardous waste produced by, the manufacturing of our products. Conditions relating to our historical operations may require expenditures for clean-up in the future and changes in environmental laws and regulations may impose costly compliance requirements on us or otherwise subject us to future liabilities. Additional or modified regulations relating to the manufacture, transportation, storage, use and disposal of materials used to manufacture our products or restricting disposal or transportation of batteries may be imposed that may result in higher costs or lower operating results. In addition, we cannot predict the effect that additional or modified environmental regulations may have on us or our customers.
Consolidation in the healthcare industry could result in greater competition and reduce our revenues and harm our business.
Many healthcare industry companies are consolidating to create new companies with greater market power. As the healthcare industry consolidates, competition to provide products and services to industry participants will become more intense. These industry participants may try to use their market power to negotiate price concessions or reductions for our products. If we are forced to reduce our prices, our revenues would decrease and our operating results would suffer.
Our business is indirectly subject to healthcare industry cost containment measures that could result in reduced sales of our products.
Several of our customers rely on third party payors, such as government programs and private health insurance plans, to reimburse some or all of the cost of the procedures in which our products are used. The continuing efforts of government, insurance companies and other payors of healthcare costs to contain or reduce those costs could lead to patients being unable to obtain approval for payment from these third party payors. If that occurred, sales of medical devices may decline significantly and our customers may reduce or eliminate purchases of our products. The cost containment measures that healthcare payors are instituting, both in the U.S. and internationally, could reduce our revenues and harm our operating results.
Our Electrochem revenues are heavily dependent on conditions in the oil and natural gas industry, which historically have been volatile.
Sales of our Electrochem products depend to a great extent upon the condition of the oil and gas industry. In the past, oil and natural gas prices have been volatile and the oil and gas exploration and production industry has been cyclical, and it is likely that oil and natural gas prices will continue to fluctuate in the future. The current and anticipated prices of oil and natural gas influence the oil and gas exploration and production business and are affected by a variety of political and economic factors, including worldwide demand for oil and natural gas, worldwide and domestic supplies of oil and natural gas, the ability of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) to set and maintain production levels and pricing, the level of production of non-OPEC countries, the price and availability of alternative fuels, political stability in oil producing regions and the policies of the various governments regarding exploration and development of their oil and natural gas reserves. A change in the oil and gas exploration and production industry or a reduction in the exploration and production expenditures of oil and gas companies could cause our Electrochem revenues to decline.
 
 ITEM 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	
None.
 
- 28 -

Table of Contents

 ITEM 2.	PROPERTIES	
The following table sets forth information about our significant facilities as of December 30, 2011:

Location	  	Sq. Ft.	 	  	Own/Lease	 	  	Principal Use	
Alden, NY	  	 	125,000	  	  	 	Own	  	  	Medical battery and capacitor manufacturing	
Beaverton, OR	  	 	62,200	  	  	 	Lease	  	  	Commercial battery manufacturing	
Blaine, MN	  	 	32,400	  	  	 	Own	  	  	Medical device engineering	
Chaumont, France	  	 	59,200	  	  	 	Own	  	  	Manufacturing of orthopaedic and surgical goods	
Clarence, NY	  	 	117,800	  	  	 	Own	  	  	Corporate offices and RD&E	
Clarence, NY	  	 	20,800	  	  	 	Own	  	  	Machining and assembly of components	
Clarence, NY	  	 	18,600	  	  	 	Lease	  	  	Machining and assembly of components	
Cleveland, OH	  	 	16,900	  	  	 	Lease	  	  	Office and lab space for design engineering team	
Columbia City, IN	  	 	40,000	  	  	 	Lease	  	  	Manufacturing of orthopaedic and surgical goods	
Corgemont, Switzerland	  	 	34,400	  	  	 	Lease	  	  	Manufacturing of orthopaedic and surgical goods	
Indianapolis, IN	  	 	82,600	  	  	 	Own	  	  	Manufacturing of orthopaedic and surgical goods	
Minneapolis, MN	  	 	72,000	  	  	 	Own	  	  	Enclosure manufacturing and engineering	
Orvin, Switzerland	  	 	40,400	  	  	 	Own	  	  	Manufacturing of orthopaedic and surgical goods	
Plymouth, MN	  	 	95,700	  	  	 	Lease	  	  	Introducers, catheters and leads manufacturing	
Raynham, MA	  	 	81,000	  	  	 	Own	  	  	Commercial battery manufacturing and RD&E	
Tijuana, Mexico	  	 	144,000	  	  	 	Lease	  	  	Value-added assembly, and feedthrough, electrode and EMI filtering manufacturing	
Warsaw, IN	  	 	3,000	  	  	 	Lease	  	  	Orthopaedic rapid prototyping design center	
In 2011, we began construction on an 80,000 square foot manufacturing facility in Allen County, IN., which is expected to be completed by mid-2012. In 2011, we also initiated a multi-faceted plan to further enhance, optimize and leverage our Orthopaedics operations. This plan includes the opening of two Orthopaedic design centers, transferring production of certain Orthopaedic product lines to other lower cost manufacturing facilities and the consolidation of our Orthopaedic operations in Switzerland into a new facility. These initiatives are expected to be completed over the next two to three years. Total capital investment under these initiatives is expected to be between $50 million and $60 million of which approximately $13 million has been incurred to date.
Near the end of 2011, we initiated plans to upgrade and expand our manufacturing infrastructure in order to support our medical device strategy. This will include expansion of two of our existing facilities, the purchase of equipment, as well as the transfer of certain product lines to create additional capacity for the manufacture of medical devices. These initiatives are expected to be completed over the next two to three years. Total capital investment under these initiatives is expected to be between $15 million to $20 million of which approximately $1 million has been incurred to date.
 
 ITEM 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	
We are party to various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. A description of pending legal actions against the Company is set forth at Note 14 “Commitments and Contingencies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report. We do not believe that the ultimate resolution of any pending legal actions will have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties. If an unfavorable ruling(s) were to occur, there exists the possibility of a material impact in the period in which the ruling occurs and beyond.
 
- 29 -

Table of Contents

 ITEM 4.	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES	
Not applicable.
 PART II
 
 ITEM 5.	MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.	
The Company’s common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “GB.” The following table sets forth information on our common stock as reported by the NYSE:

2010	  	High	  	Low	  	Close	 	
First Quarter	  		  	$	21.69	  	  		  	$	18.99	  	  		  	$	20.90	  	
Second Quarter	  		  	 	24.43	  	  		  	 	19.94	  	  		  	 	22.00	  	
Third Quarter	  		  	 	24.00	  	  		  	 	21.35	  	  		  	 	22.84	  	
Fourth Quarter	  		  	 	25.11	  	  		  	 	21.61	  	  		  	 	24.15	  	

2011	  	High	  	Low	  	Close	 	
First Quarter	  		  	$	26.92	  	  		  	$	22.91	  	  		  	$	26.12	  	
Second Quarter	  		  	 	29.06	  	  		  	 	25.20	  	  		  	 	27.23	  	
Third Quarter	  		  	 	28.33	  	  		  	 	18.55	  	  		  	 	20.01	  	
Fourth Quarter	  	 	23.10	  	  		  	 	18.78	  	  		  	 	22.10	  	
As of February 28, 2012, there were approximately 170 record holders of the Company’s common stock. The Company stock account included in our 401(k) plan is considered one record holder for the purposes of this calculation. There is approximately 1,300 active and former employees’ holding Company stock in the 401(k) plan. We have not paid cash dividends and currently intend to retain any earnings to further develop and grow our business.
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
The following graph compares, for the five year period ended December 30, 2011, the cumulative total stockholder return for Greatbatch, Inc., the S&P SmallCap 600 Index, and the Hemscott Peer Group Index. The Hemscott Peer Group Index includes approximately 150 comparable companies included in the Hemscott Industry Group 520 Medical Instruments & Supplies and 521 Medical Appliances & Equipment . The graph assumes that $100 was invested on December 29, 2006 and assumes reinvestment of dividends. The stock price performance shown on the following graph is not necessarily indicative of future price performance:

- 30 -

Table of Contents

 ITEM 6.	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	
The following table provides selected financial data for the periods indicated. You should read this data along with Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” appearing elsewhere in this report. The consolidated statement of operations data and the consolidated balance sheet data for the fiscal years indicated have been derived from our consolidated financial statements and related notes (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 	  	Years Ended	 	
 	  	Dec. 30,
2011 (1)(2) 	 	  	Dec. 31,
2010 (2)(4) 	 	 	Jan. 1,
2010 (2)(4) 	 	 	Jan. 2,
2009 (2)(3) 	 	  	Dec. 28,
2007 (2)(3) 	 	
Statement of Operations Data:	  				  				 				 				  				
						
Sales	  	$	568,822	  	  	$	533,425	  	 	$	521,821	  	 	$	546,644	  	  	$	318,746	  	
						
Net income (loss)	  	 	33,122	  	  	 	33,138	  	 	 	(9,001	)  	 	 	14,148	  	  	 	11,950	  	
						
Earnings (loss) per share	  				  				 				 				  				
						
Basic	  	$	1.42	  	  	$	1.44	  	 	$	(0.39	)  	 	$	0.63	  	  	$	0.54	  	
Diluted	  	 	1.40	  	  	 	1.40	  	 	 	(0.39	)  	 	 	0.62	  	  	 	0.53	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Balance Sheet Data:	  				  				 				 				  				
						
Working capital	  	$	170,907	  	  	$	150,922	  	 	$	119,926	  	 	$	142,219	  	  	$	116,816	  	
						
Total assets	  	 	881,347	  	  	 	776,976	  	 	 	830,543	  	 	 	848,033	  	  	 	662,769	  	
						
Long-term obligations	  	 	320,015	  	  	 	289,560	  	 	 	317,575	  	 	 	379,890	  	  	 	247,239	  	
 
(1)  	On December 15, 2011, we acquired Micro Power Electronics, Inc. This data includes the results of operations of this company subsequent to the acquisition. Additional information is set forth in Note 2 “Acquisitions” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report. On January 5, 2011, the Company sold its cost method investment in IntElect Medical, Inc. This transaction resulted in a pre-tax gain of $4.5 million.	
(2)  	From 2007 to 2011, we recorded material charges in Other Operating Expenses, Net, primarily related to our cost savings and consolidation initiatives. Additional information is set forth in Note 12 “Other Operating Expenses, Net” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report.	
(3)  	During 2008, we acquired P Medical Holding, SA (January 2008) and DePuy Orthopaedics’ Chaumont, France facility (February 2008). During 2007, we acquired BIOMEC, Inc. (April 2007), Enpath Medical, Inc. (June 2007), IntelliSensing, LLC (October 2007), Quan Emerteq, LLC (November 2007), and Engineered Assemblies Corporation (November 2007). This data includes the results of operations of these companies subsequent to their acquisition. In connection with these acquisitions, we recorded charges in 2008 and 2007 of $8.7 million and $18.4 million, respectively, related to inventory step-up amortization and the write-off of in process research and development.	
(4)  	In 2009, we recorded a $34.5 million charge related to litigation involving Electrochem and a $15.9 million write-down of trademarks and tradenames. In 2010, we settled the Electrochem litigation which resulted in a $9.5 million gain. Additional information is set forth in Note 14 “Commitments and Contingencies” and Note 6 “Intangible Assets” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report.	
 
- 31 -

Table of Contents

 ITEM 7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	
YOU SHOULD READ THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF OUR FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS IN CONJUNCTION WITH OUR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND RELATED NOTES INCLUDED ELSEWHERE IN THIS REPORT.
Our Business
 
 	•	 	Our business	
 
 	•	 	Our acquisitions	
 
 	•	 	Our customers	
 
 	•	 	Strategic and financial overview	
 
 	•	 	Government regulation	
 
 	•	 	Product development	
Our Critical Accounting Estimates
 
 	•	 	Valuation of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets	
 
 	•	 	Stock-based compensation	
 
 	•	 	Inventories	
 
 	•	 	Tangible long-lived assets	
 
 	•	 	Provision for income taxes	
Cost Savings and Consolidation Efforts
Our Financial Results
 
 	•	 	Results of operations table	
 
 	•	 	Fiscal 2011 compared with fiscal 2010	
 
 	•	 	Fiscal 2010 compared with fiscal 2009	
 
 	•	 	Liquidity and capital resources	
 
 	•	 	Off-balance sheet arrangements	
 
 	•	 	Litigation	
 
 	•	 	Contractual obligations	
 
 	•	 	Inflation	
 
 	•	 	Impact of recently issued accounting standards	
Our Business
We operate our business in two reportable segments – Greatbatch Medical and Electrochem Solutions (“Electrochem”). The Company’s customers include large multi-national original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”). Greatbatch Medical designs and manufactures medical devices and components for the cardiac rhythm management (“CRM”), neuromodulation, vascular access and orthopaedic markets. Additionally, Greatbatch Medical offers value-added assembly and design engineering services for products that incorporate Greatbatch Medical components. As a result of the strategy put in place over three years ago, Greatbatch Medical now offers its customers complete medical devices including design, development, manufacturing, regulatory submission and supporting worldwide distribution. This medical device strategy is being facilitated through the QiG Group and leverages the component technology of Greatbatch Medical and Electrochem in our core markets: cardiovascular, neuromodulation and orthopaedic. Once the QiG Group designs and develops a medical device, it is manufactured by Greatbatch Medical. The operating expenses of the QiG Group are included within the Greatbatch Medical segment.
 
- 32 -

Table of Contents
Electrochem provides technology solutions where safety, reliability, quality and durability are critical. Electrochem’s customized primary (non-rechargeable) and secondary (rechargeable) battery solutions are used in markets such as energy, portable medical, military, environmental and more. Electrochem’s product lines cover a number of highly-customized battery-powered applications in remote and demanding environments, including down hole drilling tools, military communication devices, automated external defibrillators, oceanographic buoys and more. Electrochem’s primary and secondary power solutions and wireless sensing systems are used in markets where failure is not an option.
Our Acquisitions
On December 15, 2011, Electrochem acquired all of the outstanding stock of Micro Power Electronics, Inc. (“Micro Power”) headquartered in Beaverton, OR. Micro Power is a leading supplier of custom battery solutions, serving the portable medical, military and handheld automatic identification and data collection markets. Micro Power’s commercial portfolio is highly complementary to the products and services offered by Electrochem. The results of Micro Power’s operations were included in our Electrochem segment from the date of acquisition. The aggregate purchase price of Micro Power was $71.7 million, which we funded with cash on hand at Greatbatch and $45 million borrowed under our revolving credit facility. Total assets acquired from Micro Power were $88.2 million, of which $60.8 million were intangible assets.
On February 16, 2012, we purchased all of the outstanding common stock of NeuroNexus Technologies, Inc. (“NeuroNexus”) headquartered in Ann Arbor, MI. NeuroNexus is an active implantable medical device design firm specializing in developing and commercializing high-value neural interface technology, components and systems for neuroscience and clinical markets. NeuroNexus has an extensive intellectual property portfolio, core technologies and capabilities to support the development and manufacturing of innovative neural interface devices across a wide range of functions including neuromodulation, sensing, optical stimulation and targeted drug delivery applications. This transaction will be accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the results of NeuroNexus’s operations will be included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. The aggregate purchase price, which includes the repayment of NeuroNexus debt at closing, was approximately $12 million and was funded with cash on hand.
Going forward, we will continue to pursue potential acquisitions.
Our Customers
Our products are designed to provide reliable, long-lasting solutions that meet the evolving requirements and needs of our customers and the end users of their products. The nature and extent of our selling relationships with each customer are different in terms of breadth of products purchased, purchased product volumes, length of contractual commitment, ordering patterns, inventory management and selling prices.
Our Greatbatch Medical customers include large multi-national OEMs, such as Biotronik, Boston Scientific, Johnson & Johnson, Medtronic, Smith & Nephew, Sorin Group, St. Jude Medical, Stryker and Zimmer. During 2011, Boston Scientific, Johnson & Johnson, Medtronic and St. Jude Medical collectively accounted for 59% of our total sales.
Our Electrochem customers are primarily companies involved in demanding markets where highly sophisticated power solutions or wireless sensing needs exist, such as energy, portable medical, military and environmental. Some of our larger OEM customers include General Electric, Halliburton Company, Scripps Institution of Oceanography, Thales, Weatherford International and Zoll Medical Corp.
 
- 33 -

Table of Contents
Strategic and Financial Overview
In 2007, we initiated a diversification strategy in order to enter new higher growth markets and provide a more stable foundation from which to grow over the long-term. The benefits of this strategy were evident over the last two years as growth in our Vascular Access, Orthopaedic and Electrochem product lines offset the slowdown in our CRM business. As a result, sales increased 7% and 2% in 2011 and 2010, respectively, despite flat CRM/Neuromodulation revenue over that two year period. Further evidence of the benefits of this strategy was the reduction of CRM/Neuromodulation revenue to 53% of our total sales in 2011, compared to 80% in 2007. Furthermore, with Electrochem’s acquisition of Micro Power in December 2011, CRM/Neuromodulation revenue is expected to comprise less than 50% of total revenue in 2012. Additionally, the concentration of sales to our top three customers in the CRM market was reduced to 46% of revenues in 2011, versus 67% for those same three customers in 2007. Our goal is to reduce our concentration in the CRM market to below one-third of our revenue within the next five years.
Simultaneous with the initiation of our growth and diversification strategy, we began evolving our Company strategy to include the development of innovative medical devices in order to raise the growth and profitability profile of the Company. This medical device strategy is being facilitated through our QiG Group and leverages the component technology of Greatbatch Medical and Electrochem. Investments in medical device products totaled $29 million, $22 million and $15 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and included charges to selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) and net research, development and engineering (“RD&E”). As a result, SG&A increased to 12.8% of total sales in 2011 compared to 12.1% in 2010 and RD&E costs increased to 8.0% of total sales in 2011 compared to 5.8% in 2008. In 2011, we began to see the financial benefit of these investments as the products that had shorter development lead times, primarily in the Vascular Access market, began to commercialize. During 2011, sales from medical devices that were developed under the Greatbatch name totaled $5 million and were the first medical device revenues in the 40 year history of our Company. We expect the growth and cadence of new medical device product introductions to accelerate over the next several years as our longer lead time systems and device products, which we have invested in over the last four years, will also begin to commercialize.
We have a longstanding history of operational excellence, which is one of our core competencies. As we move forward, investing in our operations will continue to be critical to the success of our growth and medical device strategies. Since 2007, we have invested substantial resources in integrating our acquisitions and streamlining our operations. The benefits of these initiatives can be seen in our improvement in adjusted operating income to $67.6 million in 2011 from $58.1 million in 2008, which equates to 5% compound annual growth and was achieved despite the significant increase in spending on research and development. The benefits of these initiatives can also be seen in the substantial increase in our cash flow from operating activities during that time to $89.9 million in 2011 from $57.1 million in 2008. This strong cash flow helped to fund the repayment of debt, which totaled approximately $164.5 million over the last three years. Our goal is to continuously improve operating margin over the next three to five years through our initiatives to improve operating performance and through the development of innovative products to drive future revenue growth, including medical device products. Consistent with this strategy, during 2011, we began implementing a multi-faceted plan to further expand, optimize and leverage our manufacturing infrastructure. These initiatives will take the better part of 2012 and 2013 to complete, but once finished, will leave us with a more capable and cost effective Orthopaedic operations and an infrastructure that will support the manufacturing of medical devices. Total capital investment in connection with these initiatives is expected to be between $40 million and $50 million with an additional $15 million to $20 million of expense.
 
- 34 -

Table of Contents
To date, we have been successful in the implementation of all three facets of our strategy despite the macro-economic challenges that we are facing. Our strategy has positioned our Company for higher growth and profitability over the next several years and provides us multiple levers to achieve this growth. Namely, organic growth, growth through targeted acquisitions and growth through commercialization of our medical devices. Fundamental to this growth strategy will be our underlying core competency of sustaining operational excellence.
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Additionally, we consistently report and discuss in our quarterly earnings releases and investor presentations adjusted operating income and margin, adjusted net income and adjusted earnings per diluted share, which are non-GAAP measures. These adjusted amounts consist of GAAP amounts and, to the extent occurring during a period, excludes (i) acquisition-related charges, (ii) facility consolidation, manufacturing transfer and system integration charges, (iii) asset write-down and disposition charges, (iv) severance charges in connection with corporate realignments or a general reduction in force (v) litigation charges and gains, (vi) the impact of non-cash charges to interest expense due to the accounting change governing convertible debt, (vii) unusual or infrequently occurring items, (viii) certain R&D expenditures (such as DVT expenses incurred in connection with the development of our Neuromodulation platform), (ix) gain/loss on the sale of investments and (x) the income tax (benefit) related to these adjustments. We believe that reporting these amounts provides important supplemental information to our investors and creditors seeking to understand the financial and business trends relating to our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, the performance based compensation of our executive management is determined utilizing these adjusted amounts.
A reconciliation of GAAP operating income to adjusted operating income is as follows (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	 	December 31,
2010	 	 	January 1,
2010	 	
Operating income as reported	  	$	61,699	  	 	$	68,994	  	 	$	1,048	  	
Adjustments:	  				 				 				
Inventory step-up amortization (COS)	  	 	177	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Executive death benefits (SG&A)	  	 	—  	  	 	 	885	  	 	 	—  	  	
Neuromodulation platform DVT expense (RD&E)	  	 	5,133	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Electrochem Litigation charge (gain)	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(9,500	) 	 	 	34,500	  	
Intangible asset write-down	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	15,921	  	
Consolidation costs	  	 	425	  	 	 	1,573	  	 	 	7,069	  	
Integration costs	  	 	—  	  	 	 	42	  	 	 	3,077	  	
Asset dispositions, severance and other	  	 	168	  	 	 	2,943	  	 	 	948	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income—adjusted	  	$	67,602	  	 	$	64,937	  	 	$	62,563	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating margin—adjusted	  	 	11.9	% 	 	 	12.2	% 	 	 	12.0	% 	

- 35 -

Table of Contents
A reconciliation of GAAP income (loss) before tax to adjusted net income and adjusted diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

   	  	Year Ended	 	
   	  	December 30,
2011	 	 	December 31,
2010	 	 	January 1,
2010	 	
Income (loss) before tax as reported	  	$	48,392	  	 	$	49,325	  	 	$	(18,177	) 	
Adjustments:	  				 				 				
Inventory step-up amortization (COS)	  	 	177	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Executive death benefits (SG&A)	  	 	—  	  	 	 	885	  	 	 	—  	  	
Neuromodulation platform DVT expense (RD&E)	  	 	5,133	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Electrochem Litigation charge (gain)	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(9,500	) 	 	 	34,500	  	
Intangible asset write-down	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	15,921	  	
Consolidation costs	  	 	425	  	 	 	1,573	  	 	 	7,069	  	
Integration costs	  	 	—  	  	 	 	42	  	 	 	3,077	  	
Asset dispositions, severance and other	  	 	168	  	 	 	2,943	  	 	 	948	  	
(Gain) loss on cost method investments, net	  	 	(4,232	) 	 	 	150	  	 	 	—  	  	
CSN conversion option discount amortization	  	 	8,483	  	 	 	7,876	  	 	 	7,311	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjusted income before taxes	  	 	58,546	  	 	 	53,294	  	 	 	50,649	  	
Adjusted provision for income taxes	  	 	18,824	  	 	 	17,576	  	 	 	14,688	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjusted net income	  	$	39,722	  	 	$	35,718	  	 	$	35,961	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjusted diluted EPS	  	$	1.68	  	 	$	1.51	  	 	$	1.52	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Number of shares (a)	  	 	23,636	  	 	 	23,802	  	 	 	23,983	  	
 
(a)	Adjusted shares outstanding used for calculating adjusted diluted EPS for 2009 include the dilutive impact of outstanding equity awards and convertible subordinated notes of 1,057,000 that were not dilutive for GAAP purposes.	
For 2012, we expect adjusted operating margin to be between 11.5% and 12.5% of sales. This guidance assumes continued investment in medical device projects, as well as a lower mix of higher margin CRM/Neuromodulation revenue. Adjusted operating income is expected to consist of GAAP operating income less approximately $15 million to $20 million of adjustments, of which approximately $5 million are non-cash expenses.
Consolidated annual sales for 2012 are projected to be approximately $645 million to $665 million. This would equate to an increase of 13% to 17% over 2011. For 2012, adjusted diluted EPS is expected to be in the range of $1.75 to $1.85 per diluted share. This would equate to an increase of 4% to 10% over 2011 adjusted diluted EPS. Adjusted diluted EPS is GAAP diluted EPS excluding the after-tax impact of the adjusted amounts described above and $9.1 million ($5.9 million net of tax) of non-cash convertible debt interest expense. This guidance also assumes approximately 24 million average diluted shares outstanding.
 
- 36 -

Table of Contents
Government Regulation
The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act (collectively “Health Care Reform”) legislated broad-based changes to the U.S. health care system that could significantly impact our business operations and financial results, including higher or lower revenue, as well as higher employee medical costs and taxes. Health Care Reform imposes significant new taxes on OEMs of medical devices, which will result in a significant increase in the tax burden on our industry and which could have a material, negative impact on our financial condition, results of operations and our cash flows. Other elements of Health Care Reform such as comparative effectiveness research, an independent payment advisory board, payment system reforms including shared savings pilots and other provisions could meaningfully change the way healthcare is developed and delivered, and may materially impact numerous aspects of our business, results of operations and financial condition. Many significant parts of Health Care Reform will be phased in over the next seven years and require further guidance and clarification in the form of regulations. As a result, many of the impacts of Health Care Reform will not be known until those regulations are enacted.
Since January 2010, there have been various actions by the U.S. Congress and the U.S. Department of Transportation, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration to amend requirements in the hazardous materials regulations on the transportation of lithium cells and batteries, including lithium cells and batteries packed or contained in equipment. If enacted, these actions could have negatively impacted our results of operations in the form of increased compliance costs for our lithium batteries. On February 14, 2012, President Obama signed into law the Federal Aviation Administration Modernization and Reform Act, which reconciles the nation’s standards with global rules on the air shipment of lithium batteries, except for narrow exceptions. As a result of this legislation, we do not expect any future U.S. legislative or administrative actions regarding the transportation of lithium cells and batteries will materially impact our results of operations, unless current global standards are revised.
On December 15, 2010, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued a proposed rule under Section 1502 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. Section 1502 relates to reporting requirements regarding conflict minerals originating in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and adjoining countries. Under the proposed rule, issuers would be required to perform a “reasonable” due-diligence process to ascertain whether conflict minerals are necessary to the functionality or production of their manufactured or contracted to be manufactured products. If conflict minerals are used, the issuer would be required to make certain disclosures in its annual report on Form 10-K. We would incur additional, new compliance costs if the proposed rule is adopted since our Greatbatch Medical business utilizes some of the minerals specified in the proposed rule.
Product Development
We continue to develop new component products for applications in our core markets, such as:
 
 	1.	Q power solutions QHR ®  & QMR ® , which maximize device performance and longevity with minimal size;	
 
 	2.	QCAPS™ which, when paired with QHR batteries, provides the smallest, longest-lived, highest energy power solutions for tachycardia devices;	
 
 	3.	orthopaedic capabilities in order to improve quality and shorten lead-times, including the opening of additional regional development centers;	
 
 	4.	minimally invasive surgical techniques for the Orthopaedic industry;	
 
 	5.	disposable instrumentation for the Orthopaedic industry; and	
 
 	6.	next generation power sources for Electrochem’s energy and portable medical customers.	
 
- 37 -

Table of Contents
As part of the natural evolution of our Company, in 2008, we reassigned 40 Greatbatch Medical engineers to create the QiG Group in order to help facilitate the development of complete medical devices for our customers. In creating QiG, we pooled and focused the tremendous talent, resources and capacity for innovation within our organization. Today, QiG encompasses 130 research and development professionals working in facilities in five states and focused on three compelling therapeutic areas: cardiovascular, neuromodulation and, longer-term, orthopaedics. Additionally, QiG has established relationships with nearly a dozen key physicians who are highly specialized in these areas. These key opinion leaders are helping us to design medical devices from the ground up with features that will meet the needs of today’s practicing clinicians.
Within the QiG Group, we are utilizing a disciplined and diversified portfolio approach with three investment modes—strategic equity investments in start-up companies, OEM customer discrete projects, and incubating new medical devices to be sold or licensed to an OEM partner. The QiG Group employs a disciplined and thorough process for evaluating these opportunities. A scorecard process is utilized to review and select the most strategically valuable ideas to pursue, taking into account a host of variables including the market opportunity, regulatory pathway and reimbursement; market need and market potential; intellectual property and projected financial return.
As a result of the investments we have made, we are now able to provide our customers with complete medical devices. This includes development and regulatory submissions, as well as manufacturing and supporting worldwide distribution. These medical devices are full product solutions that complement our OEM customers’ products and utilize the component expertise and capabilities residing within Greatbatch Medical and Electrochem. The benefits to our OEM customers include shortening the time to market for these devices by accelerating the velocity of innovation, optimizing their supply chain and ultimately providing them with cost efficiencies.
We are currently in various stages of production or development on 15 to 20 medical devices, either through partnerships with our OEM customers or independently. While we do not discuss each of these projects individually each quarter, we will discuss significant milestones as they occur. Some of the medical device projects that we currently are working on include:
Cardiovascular portfolio —Venous and arterial introducers, anti-microbial coatings, steerable delivery systems, and MRI conditional brady, gastric stimulation and sleep apnea leads. During the first quarter of 2012, we received FDA 510(k) clearance on our transradial catheter sheath introducer and steerable delivery sheath for AF ablation. We expect sales of these medical devices to ramp up during the second half of 2012.
Neuromodulation portfolio —Algostim spinal cord stimulator for the treatment of chronic pain of the trunk and limbs. We are in the final stages of development of this device and are half way through the design verification testing phase. We are on track to make the applicable regulatory submissions on this device near the end of 2012.
 
- 38 -

Table of Contents
Our Critical Accounting Estimates
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and related disclosures. The methods, estimates and judgments we use in applying our accounting policies have a significant impact on the results we report in our financial statements. Management considers an accounting estimate to be critical if (1) it requires assumptions to be made that were uncertain at the time the estimate was made; and (2) changes in the estimate or different estimates that could have been selected could have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows. Our most critical accounting estimates are described below. We also have other policies that we consider key accounting policies, such as our policies for revenue recognition; however, these policies do not meet the definition of critical accounting estimates, because they do not generally require us to make estimates or judgments that are difficult or subjective.
Valuation of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets
When we acquire a company, we allocate the purchase price to the tangible and intangible assets we acquire and liabilities we assume based on their fair value at the date of acquisition. Some of our intangible assets are considered non-amortizing intangible assets as they are expected to generate cash flows indefinitely. Goodwill is recorded when the purchase price paid for an acquisition exceeds the estimated fair value of the net identified tangible and intangible assets acquired. Indefinite lived intangibles and goodwill are not amortized but are required to be assessed for impairment on an annual basis or more frequent if certain indicators are present. Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are assessed for impairment if certain indicators are present.
Assumptions/Approach Used
We base the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible assets on detailed valuations that use information and assumptions provided by management. The fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are determined using one of three valuation approaches: market, income or cost. The selection of a particular method for a given asset depends on the reliability of available data and the nature of the asset. The market approach values the asset based on available market pricing for comparable assets. The income approach values the asset based on the present value of risk adjusted cash flows projected to be generated by that asset. The projected cash flows for each asset considers multiple factors, including current revenue from existing customers, attrition trends, reasonable contract renewal assumptions from the perspective of a marketplace participant, and expected profit margins giving consideration to historical and expected margins. The cost approach values the asset by determining the current cost of replacing that asset with another of equivalent economic utility. The cost to replace the asset reflects the estimated reproduction or replacement cost, less an allowance for loss in value due to depreciation or obsolescence, with specific consideration given to economic obsolescence if indicated.
We perform an annual review on the last day of each fiscal year, or more frequently if indicators of potential impairment exist, to determine if the recorded goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets are impaired. We assess goodwill for impairment by comparing the fair value of our reporting units to their carrying value to determine if there is potential impairment. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recorded to the extent that the implied fair value of the goodwill within the reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Fair values for reporting units are determined based on the income and market approaches. Indefinite lived intangible assets are evaluated for impairment by using the income approach. Definite-lived intangible assets are reviewed at least quarterly to determine if any conditions exist or a change in circumstances has occurred that would indicate impairment or a change in their remaining useful life.
 
- 39 -

Table of Contents
We do not believe that the indefinite lived intangible assets or goodwill allocated to our Greatbatch Medical or Electrochem segments are at risk of failing step one of future annual impairment tests unless operating conditions significantly deteriorate, given the significant amount that our estimated fair value for these assets was in excess of their respective book values as of December 30, 2011.
Effect of Variation of Key Assumptions Used
The use of alternative valuation assumptions, including estimated cash flows and discount rates, and alternative estimated useful life assumptions could result in different purchase price allocations. Significant changes in these estimates and assumptions could impact the value of the assets and liabilities recorded, which would change the amount and timing of future intangible asset amortization expense.
We make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the expected future cash flows of our reporting units for our goodwill impairment testing. These include discount rates, terminal values and projections of future revenues and expenses. Significant changes in these estimates and assumptions could create future impairment losses to our goodwill. The assumptions used in our 2011 impairment test incorporate growth rates disclosed in “2012 Sales Outlook” of this section as well as other forward-looking statements made in this Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations section.
For our indefinite lived intangible assets, we make estimates of royalty rates, future revenues and discount rates. Significant changes in these estimates could create future impairments of these assets.
Estimation of the useful lives of indefinite and definite lived intangible assets is based upon the estimated cash flows of the respective intangible asset and requires significant management judgment. Events could occur that would materially affect our estimates of the useful lives. Significant changes in these estimates and assumptions could change the amount of future amortization expense or could create future impairments of these intangible assets.
As of December 30, 2011, we have $459.2 million of intangible assets recorded on our consolidated balance sheet representing 52% of total assets. This includes $100.3 million of amortizing intangible assets, $20.2 million of indefinite lived intangible assets and $338.7 million of goodwill. A 1% change in the amortization of our intangible assets would change 2011 net income by approximately $0.07 million, or approximately $0.003 per diluted share.
Stock-based compensation
We record compensation costs related to our stock-based awards which include stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units. We measure stock-based compensation cost at the grant date based on the fair value of the award.
Compensation cost for service-based awards is recognized ratably over the applicable vesting period. Compensation cost for performance awards based on Company financial metrics is reassessed each period and recognized based upon the probability that the performance targets will be achieved. Compensation cost for performance awards based on market metrics (such as total shareholder return) is expensed each period whether the performance metrics are achieved or not. The amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized during a period is based on the portion of the awards that are ultimately expected to vest, as well as market and nonmarket performance award considerations. The total expense recognized over the vesting period will only be for those awards that ultimately vest, as well as market and nonmarket performance award considerations.
 
- 40 -

Table of Contents
Assumptions/Approach Used
We utilize the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model to determine the fair value of stock options. We are required to make certain assumptions with respect to selected Black Scholes model inputs, including expected volatility, expected life, expected dividend yield and the risk-free interest rate. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of our stock over the most recent period commensurate with the estimated expected life of the stock options. The expected life of stock options granted, which represents the period of time that the stock options are expected to be outstanding, is based, primarily, on historical data. The expected dividend yield is based on our history and expectation of dividend payouts. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for a period commensurate with the estimated expected life.
The fair value of time-based as well as nonmarket-based performance restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards is equal to the fair value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. The fair value of market-based performance restricted stock unit awards is determined by utilizing a Monte Carlo simulation model, which projects the value of Greatbatch stock versus our peer group under numerous scenarios and determines the value of the award based upon the present value of these projected outcomes.
Compensation cost for nonmarket-based performance awards is reassessed each period and recognized based upon the probability that the performance targets will be achieved. That assessment is based upon actual and expected future performance.
Stock-based compensation expense is only recorded for those awards that are expected to vest, as well as market and nonmarket performance award considerations. Forfeiture estimates for determining appropriate stock-based compensation expense are estimated at the time of grant based on historical experience and demographic characteristics. Revisions are made to those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from estimated forfeitures.
Effect of Variation of Key Assumptions Used
Option pricing models were developed for use in estimating the value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. Because our share-based payments have characteristics significantly different from those of freely traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect our estimates of fair values, existing valuation models may not provide reliable measures of the fair values of our share-based compensation. Consequently, there is a risk that our estimates of the fair values of our share-based compensation awards may bear little resemblance to the actual values realized upon the exercise, expiration or forfeiture of those share-based payments in the future. Stock options may expire worthless or otherwise result in zero intrinsic value as compared to the fair values originally estimated on the grant date and reported in our consolidated financial statements. Alternatively, value may be realized from these instruments that are significantly in excess of the fair values originally estimated on the grant date and reported in our consolidated financial statements. There are significant differences among valuation models. This may result in a lack of comparability with other companies that use different models, methods and assumptions.
There is a high degree of subjectivity involved in selecting assumptions to be utilized to determine fair value and forfeiture assumptions. If factors change and result in different assumptions in future periods, the expense that we record for future grants may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the current period. Additionally, changes in performance of the Company and its stock price will affect the likelihood that performance-based targets are achieved and could materially impact the amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized.
 
- 41 -

Table of Contents
A 1% change in our stock-based compensation expense would increase/decrease 2011 net income by approximately $0.05 million, or approximately $0.002 per diluted share.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined using the first-in, first-out method, or market.
Assumptions/Approach Used
Inventory costing requires complex calculations that include assumptions for overhead absorption, scrap, sample calculations, manufacturing yield estimates and the determination of which costs may be capitalized. The valuation of inventory requires us to estimate obsolete or excess inventory, as well as inventory that is not of saleable quality.
Effect of Variation of Key Assumptions Used
Variations in methods or assumptions could have a material impact on our results. If our demand forecast for specific products is greater than actual demand and we fail to reduce manufacturing output accordingly, we could be required to record additional inventory write-downs or expense a greater amount of overhead costs, which would have a negative impact on our net income. As of December 30, 2011, we have $109.9 million of inventory recorded on our balance sheet representing 12% of total assets. A 1% write-down of our inventory would decrease 2011 net income by approximately $0.7 million, or approximately $0.03 per diluted share.
Tangible long-lived assets
Property, plant and equipment and other tangible long-lived assets are carried at cost. The cost of property, plant and equipment is charged to depreciation expense over the estimated life of the operating assets primarily using straight-line rates. Tangible long-lived assets are subject to impairment assessment if certain indicators are present.
Assumptions/Approach Used
We assess the impairment of tangible long-lived assets when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset (asset group) may not be recoverable. Factors that we consider in deciding when to perform an impairment review include, but are not limited to: a significant decrease in the market price of the asset (asset group); a significant change in the extent or manner in which a long-lived asset (asset group) is being used or in its physical condition; A significant change in legal factors or in the business climate that could affect the value of a long-lived asset (asset group), including an action or assessment by a regulator; an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or construction; a current-period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses or a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of a long-lived asset (asset group); or a current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived asset (asset group) will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life. Recoverability potential is measured by comparing the carrying amount of the asset (asset group) to the related total future undiscounted cash flows. The projected cash flows for each asset (asset group) considers multiple factors, including current revenue from existing customers, proceeds from the sale of the asset (asset group), reasonable contract renewal assumptions, and expected profit margins giving consideration to historical and expected margins. If an asset’s (assets group’s) carrying value is not recoverable through
 
- 42 -

Table of Contents
related cash flows, the asset (asset group) is considered to be impaired. Impairment is measured by comparing the asset’s (asset group’s) carrying amount to its fair value. When it is determined that useful lives of assets are shorter than originally estimated, and there are sufficient cash flows to support the carrying value of the assets, we accelerate the rate of depreciation in order to fully depreciate the assets over their shorter useful lives.
Effect of Variation of Key Assumptions Used
Estimation of the useful lives of tangible assets that are long-lived requires significant management judgment. Events could occur, including changes in cash flow that would materially affect our estimates and assumptions related to depreciation. Unforeseen changes in operations or technology could substantially alter the assumptions regarding the ability to realize the return of our investment in long-lived assets. Also, as we make manufacturing process conversions and other facility consolidation decisions, we must make subjective judgments regarding the remaining useful lives of our assets, primarily manufacturing equipment and buildings. Significant changes in these estimates and assumptions could change the amount of future depreciation expense or could create future impairments of these long-lived assets (asset groups).
As of December 30, 2011 we have $145.8 million of tangible long-lived assets recorded on our consolidated balance sheet representing 17% of total assets. A 1% write-down in our tangible long-lived assets would decrease 2011 net income by approximately $0.9 million, or approximately $0.04 per diluted share.
Provision for income taxes
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared using the asset and liability approach in accounting for income taxes, which requires the recognition of deferred income taxes for the expected future tax consequences of net operating losses, credits, and temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is provided on deferred tax assets if it is determined that it is more likely than not that the asset will not be realized.
Assumptions/Approach Used
In relation to recording the provision for income taxes, management must estimate the future tax rates applicable to the reversal of temporary differences based upon the timing of expected reversal. Also, estimates are made as to whether taxable operating income in future periods will be sufficient to fully recognize any gross deferred tax assets. If recovery is not likely, we must increase our provision for income taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that we estimate will not ultimately be recoverable. Alternatively, we may make estimates about the potential usage of deferred tax assets that decrease our valuation allowances.
The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. Significant judgment is required in evaluating our tax positions and determining our provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. We establish reserves for uncertain tax positions when we believe that certain tax positions do not meet the more likely than not threshold. We adjust these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the outcome of a tax audit or the lapse of statutes of limitations. The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to the reserves that are considered appropriate.
 
- 43 -

Table of Contents
Effect of Variation of Key Assumptions Used
Changes could occur that would materially affect our estimates and assumptions regarding deferred taxes. Changes in current tax laws and tax rates could affect the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, thereby changing the income tax provision. Also, significant declines in taxable income could materially impact the realizable value of deferred tax assets. At December 30, 2011, we had $33.3 million of gross deferred tax assets on our consolidated balance sheet and a valuation allowance of $7.8 million has been established for certain deferred tax assets as it is more likely than not that they will not be realized. A 1 percentage point change in the effective tax rate would impact the current year provision for income taxes by $0.5 million, and 2011 diluted earnings per share by $0.02 per diluted share.
Cost Savings and Consolidation Efforts
In 2011, 2010 and 2009, we recorded charges in Other Operating Expenses, Net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in connection with various cost savings and consolidation initiatives. These initiatives were undertaken to improve our operational efficiencies and profitability. Additional information regarding the timing, cash flow and amount of future expenditures is set forth in Note 12 “Other Operating Expenses, Net” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report.
In 2011, we began construction on an 80,000 square foot manufacturing facility in Allen County, IN., which is expected to be completed by mid-2012. In 2011, we also initiated a multi-faceted plan to further enhance, optimize and leverage our orthopaedics operations. This plan includes the opening of two Orthopaedic design centers, transferring production of certain Orthopaedic product lines to other lower cost manufacturing facilities and the consolidation of our Orthopaedic operations in Switzerland into a new facility. As part of the Switzerland consolidation, a Letter of Intent was received from the Canton of Bern for a new Tax Holiday, which is contingent on the purchase or construction of a new facility. If the new Tax Holiday is granted, we believe it will positively impact our effective tax rate. These initiatives are expected to be completed over the next two to three years. Total capital investment under these initiatives is expected to be between $50 million and $60 million of which approximately $13 million has been incurred to date. Total expenses expected to be incurred on these projects is between $10 million to $15 million of which approximately $1 million has been incurred to date.
Near the end of 2011, we initiated plans to upgrade and expand our manufacturing infrastructure in order to support our medical device strategy. This will include expansion of two of our existing facilities, the purchase of equipment, as well as the transfer of certain product lines to create additional capacity for the manufacture of medical devices. These initiatives are expected to be completed over the next two to three years. Total capital investment under these initiatives is expected to be between $15 million to $20 million of which approximately $1 million has been incurred to date. Total expenses expected to be incurred on these projects is between $2 million to $3 million of which none has been incurred to date.
We expect the above initiatives to generate approximately $4 million to $7 million of annual cost savings, which is expected to fund the increased infrastructure costs also associated with these initiatives.
In 2011, we initiated plans to upgrade our existing global ERP system. This initiative is expected to be completed over the next two years. Total capital investment and expense to be incurred under this initiative is approximately $10 million of which approximately half is to be expensed and relates to consulting costs to be incurred during the implementation.
 
- 44 -

Table of Contents
Our Financial Results
We utilize a fifty-two, fifty-three week fiscal year ending on the Friday nearest December 31st. Fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 ended on December 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and  January 1, 2010, respectively. Fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 all contained fifty-two weeks.
Results of Operations Table

 	  	Year Ended	 	 	2011 vs. 2010	 	 	2010 vs. 2009	 	
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)	  	Dec. 30,
2011	 	 	Dec. 31,
2010	 	 	Jan. 1,
2010	 	 	$
Change	 	 	%
Change	 	 	$
Change	 	 	%
Change	 	
Sales:	  				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Greatbatch Medical	  				 				 				 				 				 				 				
CRM/Neuromodulation	  	$	303,690	  	 	$	303,521	  	 	$	305,354	  	 	$	169	  	 	 	0	% 	 	$	(1,833	) 	 	 	-1	% 	
Vascular Access	  	 	45,098	  	 	 	38,000	  	 	 	35,816	  	 	 	7,098	  	 	 	19	% 	 	 	2,184	  	 	 	6	% 	
Orthopaedic	  	 	140,277	  	 	 	118,748	  	 	 	113,897	  	 	 	21,529	  	 	 	18	% 	 	 	4,851	  	 	 	4	% 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Greatbatch Medical	  	 	489,065	  	 	 	460,269	  	 	 	455,067	  	 	 	28,796	  	 	 	6	% 	 	 	5,202	  	 	 	1	% 	
Electrochem	  	 	79,757	  	 	 	73,156	  	 	 	66,754	  	 	 	6,601	  	 	 	9	% 	 	 	6,402	  	 	 	10	% 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total sales	  	 	568,822	  	 	 	533,425	  	 	 	521,821	  	 	 	35,397	  	 	 	7	% 	 	 	11,604	  	 	 	2	% 	
Cost of sales	  	 	388,469	  	 	 	359,844	  	 	 	355,402	  	 	 	28,625	  	 	 	8	% 	 	 	4,442	  	 	 	1	% 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross profit	  	 	180,353	  	 	 	173,581	  	 	 	166,419	  	 	 	6,772	  	 	 	4	% 	 	 	7,162	  	 	 	4	% 	
Gross profit as a % of sales	  	 	31.7	% 	 	 	32.5	% 	 	 	31.9	% 	 				 				 				 				
								
Selling, general and administrative expenses (SG&A)	  	 	72,548	  	 	 	64,510	  	 	 	70,294	  	 	 	8,038	  	 	 	12	% 	 	 	(5,784	) 	 	 	-8	% 	
SG&A as a % of sales	  	 	12.8	% 	 	 	12.1	% 	 	 	13.5	% 	 				 				 				 				
								
Research, development and engineering costs, net (RD&E)	  	 	45,513	  	 	 	45,019	  	 	 	33,562	  	 	 	494	  	 	 	1	% 	 	 	11,457	  	 	 	34	% 	
RD&E as a % of sales	  	 	8.0	% 	 	 	8.4	% 	 	 	6.4	% 	 				 				 				 				
								
Electrochem Litigation charge (gain)	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(9,500	) 	 	 	34,500	  	 	 	9,500	  	 	 	-100	% 	 	 	(44,000	) 	 	 	NA	  	
								
Intangible asset write-down	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	15,921	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(15,921	) 	 	 	-100	% 	
								
Other operating expenses, net	  	 	593	  	 	 	4,558	  	 	 	11,094	  	 	 	(3,965	) 	 	 	-87	% 	 	 	(6,536	) 	 	 	-59	% 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	  	 	61,699	  	 	 	68,994	  	 	 	1,048	  	 	 	(7,295	) 	 	 	-11	% 	 	 	67,946	  	 	 	N/A	  	
Operating margin	  	 	10.8	% 	 	 	12.9	% 	 	 	0.2	% 	 				 				 				 				
								
Interest expense	  	 	16,928	  	 	 	18,519	  	 	 	20,071	  	 	 	(1,591	) 	 	 	-9	% 	 	 	(1,552	) 	 	 	-8	% 	
Interest income	  	 	(21	) 	 	 	(10	) 	 	 	(324	) 	 	 	(11	) 	 	 	NA	  	 	 	314	  	 	 	-97	% 	
(Gain) loss on cost method investments	  	 	(4,232	) 	 	 	150	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(4,382	) 	 	 	NA	  	 	 	150	  	 	 	NA	  	
Other (income) expense, net	  	 	632	  	 	 	1,010	  	 	 	(522	) 	 	 	(378	) 	 	 	-37	% 	 	 	1,532	  	 	 	NA	  	
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	  	 	15,270	  	 	 	16,187	  	 	 	(9,176	) 	 	 	(917	) 	 	 	-6	% 	 	 	25,363	  	 	 	NA	  	
Effective tax rate	  	 	31.6	% 	 	 	32.8	% 	 	 	50.5	% 	 				 				 				 				
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss)	  	$	33,122	  	 	$	33,138	  	 	$	(9,001	) 	 	$	(16	) 	 	 	0	% 	 	$	42,139	  	 	 	NA	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net margin	  	 	5.8	% 	 	 	6.2	% 	 	 	-1.7	% 	 				 				 				 				
Diluted earnings (loss) per share	  	$	1.40	  	 	$	1.40	  	 	$	(0.39	) 	 	$	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	$	1.79	  	 	 	NA	  	
 
- 45 -

Table of Contents
Fiscal 2011 Compared with Fiscal 2010
Sales
Changes to sales by major product lines were as follows (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	  	2011 vs. 2010	 	
 	  	December 30,	 	  	December 31,	 	  	$	 	  	%	 	
 	  	2011	 	  	2010	 	  	Change	 	  	Change	 	
Sales:	  				  				  				  				
Greatbatch Medical	  				  				  				  				
CRM/Neuromodulation	  	$	303,690	  	  	$	303,521	  	  	$	169	  	  	 	0	% 	
Vascular Access	  	 	45,098	  	  	 	38,000	  	  	 	7,098	  	  	 	19	% 	
Orthopaedic	  	 	140,277	  	  	 	118,748	  	  	 	21,529	  	  	 	18	% 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total Greatbatch Medical	  	 	489,065	  	  	 	460,269	  	  	 	28,796	  	  	 	6	% 	
Electrochem	  	 	79,757	  	  	 	73,156	  	  	 	6,601	  	  	 	9	% 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total sales	  	$	568,822	  	  	$	533,425	  	  	$	35,397	  	  	 	7	% 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Greatbatch Medical — Our 2011 revenue from our Greatbatch Medical business increased $28.8 million or 6% from 2010 as double digit growth in our Vascular Access and Orthopaedic product lines offset the slow-down in the CRM market. Greatbatch Medical sales for 2011 included the benefit of approximately $5 million of medical device sales and the favorable impact of approximately $8 million from foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. On a constant currency basis, 2011 sales for Greatbatch Medical increased 5% over the prior year.
For the year, CRM/Neuromodulation sales were consistent with 2010. During the first half of 2011, CRM revenue included the benefit of customer inventory builds and product launches, which did not recur in the second half of 2011. Additionally, CRM/Neuromodulation sales continue to be impacted by pricing pressures and a slowdown in the underlying market. As a result of these headwinds, we expect CRM/Neuromodulation revenue for 2012 to be lower in the first half of 2012 but begin to rebound in the second half of the year as the CRM market stabilizes.
Full year 2011 Vascular Access sales increased 19% over 2010. This increase was primarily attributable to growth in the underlying market and market share gains. Additionally, Vascular Access revenue for 2011 included approximately $4 million from sales of medical devices that were developed under the Greatbatch name, including sales of our OptiSeal Valved Peelable Introducer which received FDA clearance in 2010. For 2011, approximately $1 million of device sales were included within the CRM/Neuromodulation product line. For 2012, we expect that medical device sales will be up to $15 million, with the majority of that revenue being realized in the second half of the year and within the Vascular Access product line.
Orthopaedic sales of $140.3 million for 2011 were 18% above 2010, and included approximately $8 million of favorable foreign currency exchange rate benefit. Excluding this benefit, sales increased 11% organically over the prior year despite slower than expected underlying market growth. These increases occurred across all of our orthopaedic products, which benefitted from customer product launches, as well as from market share gains during the quarter. These market share gains are a result of the investments made over the last several years to expand capabilities, shorten lead times, and improve quality and on-time delivery. Even though we have made significant improvements in this area, organic growth in 2012 will remain challenging given the weakness in the underlying healthcare markets and global economic headwinds.
 
- 46 -

Table of Contents
Our visibility to our customer ordering patterns is over a relatively short period of time. Our customers have various inventory management, dual sourcing, and vertical integration initiatives, and the relative market share among OEM manufacturers’ changes continuously. Additionally, we face pricing pressures from our customers and in particular our four largest OEM customers upon which a significant portion of our sales is dependent. These pressures have increased over the last several years due to the downturn in the global economy, and more specifically, the contracting CRM market. Consequently, these and other factors will continue to significantly impact our sales.
Electrochem — For 2011, sales for the Electrochem business segment increased 9% in comparison to 2010. Fourth quarter 2011 sales for Electrochem included $2.5 million of additional revenue from the Micro Power acquisition. Excluding the additional revenue provided by Micro Power, sales for 2011 increased 6% on an organic basis. During 2011, Electrochem revenue varied from quarter to quarter due to the timing of various customer inventory pulls. For the full year, the increase in Electrochem revenue was a result of an increased investment in sales and marketing, which resulted in market share gains and several new customer contracts, as well as continued strength in the energy markets.
2012 Sales Outlook — 2012 annual product line revenue growth rates are expected to be as follows:

CRM & Neuromodulation:	  	-3% to 0%	
Vascular Access:	  	10% to 20%	
Orthopaedic:	  	5% to 15%	
Electrochem (a) :	  	Approximately 5%	
 
(a)	Percentage increase assuming full year Micro Power revenue in 2011.	
Based upon these growth rates, consolidated annual sales for 2012 are projected to be approximately $645 million to $665 million for 2012. This would equate to an increase of 13% to 17% over 2011. Given the underlying weakness in the healthcare markets, as well as the tough comparables versus the first and second quarters of 2011, we currently expect revenue for Greatbatch Medical for the first half of 2012 to be below 2011 levels, but rebound in the second half of the year as the healthcare markets stabilize. These growth projections may be impacted by a variety of factors including a continued softening in the healthcare markets, changes in pricing or exchange rates, changes in health care reimbursement policies, further dual sourcing/vertical integration initiatives by our customers and other factors described in “Cautionary Factors That May Affect Future Results” contained in Item 1 of this report.
 
- 47 -

Table of Contents

					
Gross Profit
 
Changes to gross profit as a percentage of sales were primarily due to the following:
 	 	
 	  	2011-2010
% Point  Change	 	
Capacity & productivity (a)	  	 	0.9%	  	
Performance-based compensation (b)	  	 	-0.9%	  	
Mix change (c)	  	 	-0.5%	  	
Selling price (d)	  	 	-0.8%	  	
Other	  	 	0.5%	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Total percentage point change to gross profit as a percentage of sales	  	 	-0.8%	  	

(a)	Our gross profit percentage for 2011 benefitted from higher sales volumes, which absorbed excess capacity, as well as productivity gains from our various lean initiatives.	
(b)	Our gross profit percentage for 2011 includes a higher level of performance-based compensation. Performance-based compensation is accrued based upon management’s expectation of what level of performance will be achieved relative to targets set.	
(c)	Our gross profit percentage for 2011 was negatively impacted by a lower mix of higher-margin CRM/Neuromodulation sales as a percentage of total sales compared to 2010.	
(d)	Our gross profit percentage throughout 2011 was negatively impacted, in comparison to 2010, by price concessions made to our larger OEM customers near the end of 2010, which were given in exchange for long-term contracts.	
Although down slightly for 2011, over the long-term, we expect our gross profit margin to improve as higher margin medical device products are introduced, as we continue to implement cost saving initiatives, and as revenue increases, which will absorb excess capacity.
SG&A Expenses
Changes to SG&A expenses were primarily due to the following (in thousands):

 	  	2011-2010
$ Change	 	
Performance-based compensation (a)	  	$	3,935	  	
Professional and consulting expense (b)	  	 	5,224	  	
Litigation related fees and charges (c)	  	 	(808	) 	
Executive death benefits (d)	  	 	(885	) 	
Micro Power SG&A costs (e)	  	 	358	  	
Other	  	 	214	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Net increase in SG&A	  	$	8,038	  	

(a)	SG&A costs for 2011 include a higher level of performance-based compensation expense due to meeting our targets in 2011 combined with lower than expected results in 2010. Performance-based compensation is accrued based upon management’s expectation of performance relative to targets set.	
 
- 48 -

Table of Contents

(b)	Amount represents the change in professional and consulting expense from 2010 and reflects a higher level of costs incurred in connection with our medical device strategy, which impacted SG&A by $4.0 million. These costs included consulting fees paid to outside contractors who are providing technical expertise on our device projects, as well as legal fees incurred in connection with the numerous patent filings that we are making.	
(c)	During 2010, the Company incurred fees and charges in connection with two litigation matters that were subsequently settled near the end of 2010. Accordingly, litigation related fees and charges were lower during 2011 in comparison to the prior year.	
(d)	SG&A expenses for 2010 include death benefits provided to the family of the Company’s former Senior Vice President—Orthopaedics.	
(e)	Amount represents the SG&A costs related to the operations of Micro Power, which was acquired on December 15, 2011.	
RD&E Expenses, Net
Net RD&E costs were as follows (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	 	December 31,
2010	 	
Research and development costs	  	$	19,014	  	 	$	17,378	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Engineering costs	  	 	35,472	  	 	 	34,208	  	
Less cost reimbursements	  	 	(8,973	) 	 	 	(6,567	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Engineering costs, net	  	 	26,499	  	 	 	27,641	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total RD&E, net	  	$	45,513	  	 	$	45,019	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net RD&E costs for 2011 totaled $45.5 million, or 8.0% of sales, versus $45.0 million, or 8.4% of sales for 2010. As expected, during 2011, we continued to invest resources in developing complete medical devices for our OEM customers. Total RD&E costs incurred in connection with our medical device initiatives were $23.3 million during 2011 compared to $20.3 million in 2010. This included $5.1 million of design verification testing costs expensed in 2011 related to the QiG Group’s development of a neuromodulation platform. When combined with the SG&A expenses discussed above, total costs incurred in connection with our medical device initiatives totaled $29 million in 2011 versus $22 million in 2010.
Partially offsetting these RD&E increases was a higher level of customer cost reimbursements of $2.4 million for 2011. These cost reimbursements can vary significantly from period to period due to the timing of the achievement of milestones on development projects.
As the development work on some of our medical device programs wind down due to the commercialization of those projects, we intend to reinvest those RD&E dollars into new medical device projects that have been identified. Accordingly, for 2012, we expect net RD&E expenditures as a percentage of sales to remain consistent with current year levels and are expected to be in the range of 8.5% to 9% of sales. Over time, the amount of net RD&E dollars we spend is expected to increase as the Company grows, but is expected to remain relatively consistent as a percentage of sales.
 
- 49 -

Table of Contents
Electrochem Litigation Charge (Gain)
In 2009, a Louisiana jury found in favor of a former Electrochem customer on their claims made in connection with a failed business transaction dating back to 1997. During 2009, we accrued $34.5 million in connection with this litigation after the unfavorable jury verdict. In the fourth quarter of 2010, we settled this litigation for $25 million and accordingly recognized a $9.5 million gain. See Note 14 “Commitments and Contingencies” of  the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report.
Other Operating Expenses, Net
Other operating expenses, net were comprised of the following (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	  	December 31,
2010	 	
Orthopaedic facility optimization (a)	  	$	425	  	  	$	225	  	
2007 & 2008 facility shutdowns and consolidations (b)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1,348	  	
Integration costs (c)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	42	  	
Asset dispositions, severance and other (d)	  	 	168	  	  	 	2,943	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total other operating expenses, net	  	$	593	  	  	$	4,558	  	

(a)	During the third quarter of 2010, we began to incur costs in connection with the optimization of our Orthopaedic operations in order to increase capacity, further expand our capabilities and reduce dependence on outside suppliers. Ultimately these updates will further reduce our lead times, improve quality and allow us to better meet the needs of our customers. Additional information regarding the timing, cash flow and amount of future expenditures is discussed in Note 12 “Other Operating Expenses, Net” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report.	
(b)	In 2010, we recorded charges related to our various cost savings and consolidation efforts initiated in 2007 and 2008. Over the long-term, we expect these initiatives to continue to positively impact operational efficiencies and profitability. Additional information regarding the timing, cash flow and amount of future expenditures is discussed in Note 12 “Other Operating Expenses, Net” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report.	
(c)	During 2010, we incurred costs related to the integration of the companies acquired in 2007 and 2008. The integration initiatives include the implementation of the Oracle ERP system, training and compliance with policies, as well as the implementation of lean manufacturing and six sigma initiatives. The expenses were primarily for consultants, relocation and travel costs.	
(d)	During 2011 and 2010, we recorded write-downs in connection with various asset disposals, net of insurance proceeds received, if any. Additionally, during 2011 we incurred $0.6 million of acquisition related costs in connection with our purchase of Micro Power. During 2010, we consolidated our Greatbatch Medical segment, which included the elimination of certain positions globally. Severance charges associated with this realignment were $2.3 million.	
For 2012, we currently expect to incur approximately $15 million to $20 million of other operating expenses primarily related to implementing various cost savings and consolidation initiatives, of which approximately $5 million is non-cash. See the discussion under “Cost Savings and Consolidation Efforts,” within this Item 7, for further details on these initiatives.
 
- 50 -

Table of Contents
Interest Expense and Interest Income
Interest expense for 2011 decreased $1.6 million from 2010 primarily due to the repayment of $118.5 million of long-term debt over the last two years and the impact of lower interest rates, partially offset by increased discount amortization on our convertible notes. See Note 8 “Debt” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report. Interest income for 2011 was relatively consistent with 2010.
Gain (Loss) on Cost Method Investments
In 2011, we sold our cost method investment in IntElect Medical, Inc. (“IntElect”) in conjunction with Boston Scientific’s acquisition of IntElect. We obtained our ownership interest in IntElect through our acquisition of BIOMEC, Inc. in 2007 and two subsequent additional investments. This transaction resulted in a pre-tax gain of $4.5 million ($3.0 million net-of-tax). During 2011 and 2010, we recognized impairment charges related to our cost method investments of $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively, based upon recent stock offerings by those companies. The aggregate recorded amount of our cost method investments at December 30, 2011 was $5.7 million. These investments are in start-up research and development companies whose fair value is highly subjective in nature and subject to future fluctuations, which could be significant. Our exposure related to these entities is limited to our recorded investment.
Other Expense, Net
Other expense, net primarily includes the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on transactions denominated in foreign currencies. We generally do not expect foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations to have a material impact on our net income.
Provision for Income Taxes
The effective tax rate for 2011 was 31.6% versus 32.8% for 2010. The effective tax rates for 2011 and 2010 are lower than the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to the R&D tax credit, as well as the favorable impact of the resolution of tax audits and the lapse of statutes of limitation on certain tax items. See Note 13 “Income Taxes” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report for a reconciliation of the U.S. statutory rate to our effective tax rate.
For 2012, we currently expect our effective tax rate to approximate the U.S. statutory rate of 35% due to the expiration of the R&D tax credit at the end of 2011. There is a potential for volatility of the effective tax rate due to several factors, including changes in the mix of pre-tax income and the jurisdictions to which it relates, business acquisitions, settlements with taxing authorities and foreign currency fluctuations.
In its budget submission to Congress in February 2012, the Obama administration proposed changes to the manner in which the U.S. would tax the international income of U.S. based companies. While it is uncertain how the U.S. Congress will address U.S. tax policy in the future, reform of U.S. taxation, including taxation of international income, continues to be a topic of discussion for Congress. A significant change to the U.S. tax system, including changes to the taxation of international income, could have a material effect on our effective tax rate.
We believe it is reasonably possible that a reduction of up to $0.8 million of the balance of our unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next twelve months as a result of the expiration of applicable statutes of limitation and potential audit settlements, which would positively impact the effective tax rate in the period of reduction.
 
- 51 -

Table of Contents
Fiscal 2010 Compared with Fiscal 2009
Sales
Changes to sales by major product lines were as follows (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	  	2010 vs. 2009	 	
 	  	December 31,
2010	 	  	January 1,
2010	 	  	$
Change	 	 	%
Change	 	
Sales:	  				  				  				 				
Greatbatch Medical	  				  				  				 				
CRM/Neuromodulation	  	$	303,521	  	  	$	305,354	  	  	$	(1,833	) 	 	 	-1	% 	
Vascular Access	  	 	38,000	  	  	 	35,816	  	  	 	2,184	  	 	 	6	% 	
Orthopaedic	  	 	118,748	  	  	 	113,897	  	  	 	4,851	  	 	 	4	% 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Greatbatch Medical	  	 	460,269	  	  	 	455,067	  	  	 	5,202	  	 	 	1	% 	
Electrochem	  	 	73,156	  	  	 	66,754	  	  	 	6,402	  	 	 	10	% 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total sales	  	$	533,425	  	  	$	521,821	  	  	$	11,604	  	 	 	2	% 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Greatbatch Medical — Our 2010 revenue from our Greatbatch Medical business increased $5.2 million or 1% from 2009 as recoveries in the Vascular Access and Orthopaedic markets offset the slow-down in the CRM market.
For 2010, CRM/Neuromodulation sales were consistent with 2009 as higher volumes were offset by continued pressure from OEM customers on pricing and dual sourcing/vertical integration initiatives. More specifically, higher battery, capacitor and assembly revenue were offset by lower feedthrough and enclosure sales. Battery and capacitor sales for 2009 were impacted by customer inventory adjustments and, as expected, returned to more normalized levels in 2010. CRM revenue is significantly impacted each period due to the timing of various customer product launches, shifts in customer market share, customer inventory management initiatives as well as marketplace field actions.
For 2010, Vascular Access sales increased 6% primarily due to higher introducer and catheter sales.
Orthopaedic product line sales of $118.7 million for 2010 were 4% above 2009. This increase was across all of our Orthopaedic products as the markets continued to recover from the slowdown in 2009 and as our investments and expanded capabilities have begun to deliver new business, which included our new rapid prototyping facility, pilot line and spine implant and reconstructive implant capabilities. For the year, Orthopaedic sales include approximately $2 million of negative foreign currency exchange rate impact in comparison to 2009.
Electrochem — 2010 sales for the Electrochem business segment were $73.2 million, an increase of $6.4 million or 10% compared to 2009. This increase from the prior year primarily related to the recovery in the energy and portable medical markets from the slowdown in 2009, which caused customers to reduce inventory levels and push back projects. Additionally, Electrochem sales benefited from marketing initiatives undertaken during the economic downturn, which positioned us to capture market share once the markets recovered.
 
- 52 -

Table of Contents
Gross Profit
Changes to gross profit as a percentage of sales were primarily due to the following:

 	  	2010-2009
% Point  Change	
Capacity & productivity (a)	  	-0.9%	
Selling price (b)	  	-0.5%	
Mix change (c)	  	2.8%	
Other	  	-0.8%	
	  	 	
Total percentage point change to gross profit as a
percentage of sales	  	0.6%	

(a)	Our gross profit percentage was negatively impacted by excess capacity costs due to our increased infrastructure investment in our Orthopaedic product lines in comparison to 2009. Modest productivity improvement initiatives partially offset these excess capacity costs. In accordance with our inventory accounting policy, excess capacity costs are expensed.	
(b)	Our gross profit percentage was negatively impacted in 2010 by contractual volume price reductions and price concessions made to our larger OEM customers on certain product lines.	
(c)	Our gross profit percentage was positively impacted by an increase in sales of higher margin products as a percentage of total sales, primarily within our CRM, Vascular  Access and Electrochem product lines.	
SG&A Expenses
Changes to SG&A expenses were primarily due to the following (in thousands):

 	  	2010-2009	 	
 	  	$ Change	 	
Personnel costs (a)	  	$	(2,688	) 	
Information technology and consulting (b)	  	 	(1,555	) 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts (c)	  	 	(1,095	) 	
Other	  	 	(446	) 	
	  	 	 	 	
Net decrease in SG&A	  	$	(5,784	) 	

(a)	Amount reflects our consolidation and cost reduction initiatives. A portion of these cost savings were reinvested in RD&E. SG&A expenses for 2010 include $0.9 million of death benefits provided to the family of the Company’s former Senior Vice President—Orthopaedics.	
(b)	Amount represents the change in information technology and consulting costs from 2009 and reflects our cost reduction initiatives.	
(c)	Amount primarily relates to lower losses incurred on uncollectible receivables compared to 2009, which included higher Electrochem and Orthopaedic write-offs due to the economic slowdown.	
 
- 53 -

Table of Contents
RD&E Expenses, Net
Net RD&E costs were as follows (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 31,	 	 	January 1,	 	
 	  	2010	 	 	2010	 	
Research and development costs	  	$	17,378	  	 	$	17,707	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Engineering costs	  	 	34,208	  	 	 	26,438	  	
Less cost reimbursements	  	 	(6,567	) 	 	 	(10,583	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Engineering costs, net	  	 	27,641	  	 	 	15,855	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total RD&E, net	  	$	45,019	  	 	$	33,562	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
As expected, net RD&E expenses for 2010 were higher than 2009 due to further investment in the development of new innovative technologies, including the development of systems and devices. Total RD&E costs incurred in connection with our medical device initiatives were $20.3 million during 2010 compared to $13.2 million in 2009. During 2010 we also received a lower level of customer cost reimbursements compared to 2009. These cost reimbursements can vary significantly from period to period due to the timing of the achievement of milestones on development projects.
Electrochem Litigation Charge (Gain)
In 2009, a Louisiana jury found in favor of a former Electrochem customer on their claims made in connection with a failed business transaction dating back to 1997. During 2009, we accrued $34.5 million in connection with this litigation after the unfavorable jury verdict. In the fourth quarter of 2010, we settled this litigation for $25 million and accordingly recognized a $9.5 million gain. See Note 14 “Commitments and Contingencies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report.
Intangible Asset Write-Down
As a result of the successful rebranding of our Greatbatch Medical segment, during 2009, we wrote-down our non-Greatbatch trademarks and tradenames by $15.9 million, which is included in the results for our Greatbatch Medical segment. This charge was recorded based upon management’s decision to discontinue use of the associated tradenames and its determination that there would be no market  participants willing to purchase the previously acquired tradenames.
Other Operating Expenses, Net
Other operating expenses, net were comprised of the following (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 31,
2010	 	  	January 1,
2010	 	
Orthopaedic facility optimization (a)	  	$	225	  	  	$	—  	  	
2007 & 2008 facility shutdowns and consolidations (a)	  	 	1,348	  	  	 	7,069	  	
Integration costs (b)	  	 	42	  	  	 	3,077	  	
Asset dispositions, severance and other (c)	  	 	2,943	  	  	 	948	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total other operating expenses, net	  	$	4,558	  	  	$	11,094	  	

- 54 -

Table of Contents

(a)	See Note 12 “Other Operating Expenses, Net” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report.	
(b)	For 2010 and 2009, we incurred costs related to the integration of the companies acquired in 2007 and 2008. The integration initiatives include the implementation of the Oracle ERP system, training and compliance programs as well as the implementation of lean manufacturing and six sigma initiatives. The expenses are primarily for consultants, relocation and travel costs that will not be required after the integrations are completed.	
(c)	During the fourth quarter of 2010, we consolidated our Greatbatch Medical business. As part of this consolidation, there was a realignment of resources in which certain positions globally were eliminated and restructured. The severance charges associated with this realignment were $2.3 million of which $0.7 million were paid in the fourth quarter of 2010, and the remaining amounts paid in 2011. During 2009, we incurred approximately $0.6 million in severance charges in connection with various workforce reductions. During 2010 and 2009, we recorded write-downs in connection with various asset disposals, which were partially offset by insurance proceeds received.	
Interest Expense and Interest Income
Interest expense, which includes noncash discount amortization, and interest income for 2010 decreased in comparison to the same periods of 2009, primarily due to the repayment of $78 million of debt.
Other (Income) Expense, Net
Other (income) expense, net primarily includes the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on our transactions denominated in foreign currencies.
Provision for Income Taxes
During the fourth quarter of 2010, the research and development tax credit was extended for both 2010 and 2011, retroactive to the beginning of 2010. As a result, the fourth quarter 2010 GAAP and adjusted effective tax rates include the benefit of approximately $1.0 million representing the cumulative catch-up adjustment for this credit related to the first three quarters of 2010. The 2010 effective tax rate includes the favorable impact of the resolution of tax audits and the lapse of statutes of limitation on certain tax items. See Note 13 “Income Taxes” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained at Item 8 of  this report for a reconciliation of the U.S. statutory rate to our effective tax rate (benefit).
Liquidity and Capital Resources

 	  	At	 	
(Dollars in thousands)	  	December 30,
2011	 	  	December 31,
2010	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	  	$	36,508	  	  	$	22,883	  	
Working capital	  	$	170,907	  	  	$	150,922	  	
Current ratio	  	 	2.82	  	  	 	3.49	  	
The increase in cash and cash equivalents, and working capital primarily relates to cash flow from operations of $89.9 million for 2011 offset by $22 million of cash used to purchase property, plant and equipment and $66.5 million of cash paid to acquire Micro Power, which had $12.0 million of net working capital. During the year, we repaid $40 million of our long-term debt which was offset by the $45 million borrowed to help fund the Micro Power acquisition. Of the $36.5 million of cash on hand as of December 30, 2011, $7.2 million is being held at our European subsidiaries and is considered
 
- 55 -

Table of Contents
permanently reinvested in those subsidiaries. Thus, these funds cannot be repatriated without being subject to U.S. taxation but may be used to fund the planned capital investments in those entities as discussed under “Cost Savings and Consolidation Efforts” of this Item 7.
Revolving Line of Credit — On June 24, 2011, we amended and extended our revolving credit facility (the “2011 Credit Facility”) to replace our then existing credit facility, which had an expiration date of May 22, 2012. The 2011 Credit Facility provides a $400 million secured revolving credit facility, which can be increased to $600 million upon our request and approval by a majority of the lenders. The 2011 Credit Facility also contains a $15 million letter of credit subfacility and a $15 million swingline subfacility. The 2011 Credit Facility has a maturity date of June 24, 2016; provided, however, if our convertible notes are not repaid in full, modified or refinanced before March 1, 2013, the maturity date of the 2011 Credit Facility shall be March 1, 2013.
The 2011 Credit Facility is supported by a consortium of fourteen banks with no bank controlling more than 19% of the facility. As of December 30, 2011, each bank supporting the 2011 Credit Facility has an S&P credit rating of at least BBB or better, which is considered investment grade.
The 2011 Credit Facility requires us to maintain a rolling four quarter ratio of adjusted EBITDA to interest expense of at least 3.0 to 1.0. For the twelve month period ended December 30, 2011, our ratio of adjusted EBITDA to interest expense, calculated in accordance with our credit agreement, was 18.3 to 1.00, well above the required limit. The 2011 Credit Facility also requires us to maintain a total leverage ratio of not greater than 4.5 to 1.0 through December 30, 2011 and not greater than 4.0 to 1.0 from December 31, 2011 and thereafter. As of December 30, 2011, our total leverage ratio, calculated in accordance with our credit agreement, was 2.06 to 1.00, well below the required limit.
The 2011 Credit Facility contains customary events of default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default, a majority of the lenders may declare the outstanding advances and all other obligations under the 2011 Credit Facility immediately due and payable. See Note 8 “Debt” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report.
As of December 30, 2011, we had $345 million of borrowing capacity available under the 2011 Credit Facility. This amount may vary from period to period based upon our debt and EBITDA levels, which impacts the covenant calculations discussed above. We believe that our cash flow from operations and the 2011 Credit Facility provide adequate liquidity to meet our short and long term funding needs.
Operating activities — Cash flows from operating activities for 2011 were $89.9 million compared to $76.9 million for 2010. Cash flows from operating activities for 2010 was unfavorably impacted by the $25 million ($16.3 million net of tax) Electrochem Litigation settlement. See Note 14 “Commitments and Contingencies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report. The remaining decrease in cash flows from operating activities from the prior year is primarily due to an increase in accounts receivable due to the timing of receipts with one of our larger customers offset by an increase in accrued expenses due to higher performance based compensation accruals.
Investing activities — Net cash used in investing activities for 2011 was $80.4 million compared to $13.9 million for 2010. This increase was primarily related to the cash payments made for the acquisition of Micro Power of $66.5 million, as well as the $6.3 million of additional investments made in property, plant and equipment primarily related to the construction of our new Orthopaedics manufacturing facility in Allen County, IN. These additional expenditures were partially offset by the net proceeds received from the sale of a cost method investment of $10.4 million. Our current expectation is that capital spending for 2012 will
 
- 56 -

Table of Contents
be in the range of $30 million to $40 million, of which approximately half is discretionary in nature. These planned capital investments primarily relate to our various cost savings and consolidation initiatives. See “Cost Savings and Consolidation Efforts,” in this Item 7, for further details on these initiatives.
We anticipate that cash on hand along with cash flow from operations and availability under the 2011 Credit Facility will be sufficient to fund these capital expenditures. As part of our strategy to grow and diversify our revenue base, we have and will continue to consider strategically targeted and opportunistic acquisitions.
Financing activities — Net cash provided by financing activities for 2011 was $3.7 million compared to cash used of $78.9 million for the prior year period. During 2011, we repaid $40 million of long-term debt which was more than offset by the additional $45 million borrowed near the end of the year to help fund the Micro Power acquisition. Going forward, we expect excess cash flow from operations to primarily be used to pay down outstanding debt as well as to fund our various capital projects.
Capital Structure — As of December 30, 2011, our capital structure consisted of $197.8 million of convertible subordinated notes, $55.0 million of debt under our revolving line of credit and 23.4 million shares of common stock outstanding. Additionally, we had $36.5 million in cash and cash equivalents, which we believe is sufficient to meet our short-term operating cash needs. If necessary, we currently have access to $345 million of borrowing capacity under the 2011 Credit Facility and are authorized to issue 100 million shares of common stock and 100 million shares of preferred stock. The market value of our outstanding common stock since our initial public offering has exceeded our book value; accordingly, we believe that if needed we can access public markets to raise additional capital. Our capital structure allows us to support our internal growth and provides liquidity for corporate development initiatives. We continuously evaluate our capital structure, including our convertible notes, as it relates to our anticipated long-term funding needs. Changes to our capital structure may occur as a result of this analysis, or changes in market conditions.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no off-balance sheet arrangements within the meaning of Item 303(a)(4) of Regulation S-K.
Litigation
We are party to various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. A description of pending legal actions against the Company is set forth at Note 14 “Commitments and Contingencies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained at Item 8 of this report. We do not believe that the ultimate resolution of any individual pending legal action will have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties. If an unfavorable ruling(s) were to occur, there exists the possibility of a material impact in the period in which the ruling occurs.
 
- 57 -

Table of Contents
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 30, 2011:

   	  	Payments due by period	 	
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS	  	Total	 	  	Less than
1 year	 	  	1-3 years	 	  	3-5 years	 	  	More than 5
years	 	
Debt obligations (a)	  	$	265,026	  	  	$	5,688	  	  	$	202,482	  	  	$	56,856	  	  	$	—  	  	
Operating lease obligations (b)	  	 	16,694	  	  	 	3,347	  	  	 	5,681	  	  	 	4,771	  	  	 	2,895	  	
Purchase obligations (b)	  	 	31,602	  	  	 	27,775	  	  	 	397	  	  	 	3,230	  	  	 	200	  	
Foreign currency contracts (b)	  	 	10,200	  	  	 	10,200	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Defined benefit plan obligations (c)	  	 	11,465	  	  	 	773	  	  	 	1,981	  	  	 	2,074	  	  	 	6,637	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total contractual obligations	  	$	334,987	  	  	$	47,783	  	  	$	210,541	  	  	$	66,931	  	  	$	9,732	  	

(a)	Includes the annual interest expense on our convertible subordinated notes of 2.25%, which is paid semi-annually. Amounts also include the expected interest expense on the $55.0 million outstanding on the 2011 Credit Facility based upon the period end weighted average interest rate of 2.25%. See Note 8 “Debt” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report.	
(b)	See Note 14 “Commitments and Contingencies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report for additional information about our operating leases, purchase obligations and foreign currency contracts.	
(c)	Amounts represent estimated future payments under our defined benefit plans. See Note 9 “Employee Benefit Plans” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report for additional information about our defined benefit plan obligations. These amounts do not include any potential future contributions to our defined benefit plans that may be necessary if the rate of return earned on plan assets is not sufficient to fund the rate of increase of our liability. Future cash contributions may be required. As of December 30, 2011, our actuarially determined projected benefit obligation exceeded plan assets by $5.6 million.	
This table does not reflect $1.6 million of unrecognized tax benefits as we are uncertain as to if or when such amounts may be settled. Refer to Note 13 “Income Taxes” of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in this report for additional information about these unrecognized tax benefits.
We self-fund the medical insurance coverage provided to our U.S. based employees. Our risk is being limited through the use of stop loss insurance, which has an annual deductible of $0.2 million per covered participant. The maximum aggregate loss (the sum of all claims under the $0.2 million deductible) is limited to $14.2 million with a maximum benefit of $1.0 million. As of December 30, 2011, we had $1.6 million accrued, related to our self-insurance obligations under our medical plan. This accrual is recorded in Accrued Expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, and is primarily based upon claim history. For 2012, the maximum aggregate loss limit was lowered to $13.5 million. This table does not reflect any potential future payments for self-insured medical claims.
We were a member of a group self-insurance trust that provided workers’ compensation benefits to our employees in Western New York (the “Trust”). Based on actual experience, we could receive a refund or be assessed additional contributions for workers’ compensation claims. Under the Trust agreement, each participating organization has joint and several liability for Trust obligations if the assets of the Trust are not sufficient to cover those obligations. During 2011, we were notified by the Trust of its
 
- 58 -

Table of Contents
intention to cease operations at the end of 2011 and were assessed $0.6 million as an estimate of our pro-rata share of future costs related to the Trust. This amount was accrued and paid in 2011. Beginning in 2012, we will utilize traditional insurance to provide workers’ compensation benefits to our employees.
Inflation
We utilize certain critical raw materials (including precious metals) in our products that we obtain from a limited number of suppliers due to the technically challenging requirements of the supplied product and/or the lengthy process required to qualify these materials with our customers. We cannot quickly establish additional or replacement suppliers for these materials because of these requirements. Our results may be negatively impacted by an increase in the price of these critical raw materials. This risk is partially mitigated as many of the supply agreements with our customers allow us to partially adjust prices for the impact of any raw material price increases and the supply agreements with our vendors have final one-time buy clauses to meet a long-term need. Historically, raw material price increases have not materially impacted our results of operations.
Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In the normal course of business, we evaluate all new accounting pronouncements issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), SEC, Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”), American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) or other authoritative accounting body to determine the potential impact they may have on our Consolidated Financial Statements. In 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-11 “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities,” ASU No. 2011-08 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” ASU No. 2011-05 “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income,” and ASU No. 2011-04 “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs.” See Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report for additional information about these recently issued accounting standards and their potential impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
 ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Foreign Currency — We have significant foreign operations in France, Mexico and Switzerland, which expose the Company to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations due to transactions denominated in Euros, Mexican pesos and Swiss francs, respectively. We continuously evaluate our foreign currency risk and will take action from time to time in order to best mitigate these risks, which includes the use of various derivative instruments such as forward currency exchange contracts. A hypothetical 10% change in the value of the U.S. dollar in relation to our most significant foreign currency exposures would have had an impact of approximately $10 million on our annual sales. This amount is not indicative of the hypothetical net earnings impact due to offsetting impacts on cost of sales and operating expenses in those currencies. We estimate that foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations during 2011 increased sales in comparison to 2010 by approximately $8 million.
In July 2010 and February 2011, we entered into forward contracts to purchase 6.6 million and 3.7 million, respectively, Mexican pesos per month through December 2011 at an exchange rate of 13.2231 pesos and 12.2761 pesos per one U.S. dollar, respectively. In September 2011, we entered into forward contracts to purchase 6.5 million and 4.9 million Mexican pesos per month beginning in January 2012 through December 2012 at an exchange rate of 13.0354 pesos and 14.0287 pesos per one U.S. dollar, respectively. These contracts were entered into in order to hedge the risk of peso-denominated payments associated with a portion of the operations at our Tijuana, Mexico facility and are being accounted for as cash flow hedges.
 
- 59 -

Table of Contents
As of December 30, 2011, these contracts had a negative fair value of $0.5 million, which is recorded within Accrued Expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The amount recorded as a reduction of Cost of Sales during 2011 related to these forward contracts was $0.6 million. No portion of the change in fair value of our foreign currency contracts during 2011 was considered ineffective.
We translate all assets and liabilities of our foreign operations, where the U.S. dollar is not the functional currency, at the period-end exchange rate and translate sales and expenses at the average exchange rates in effect during the period. The net effect of these translation adjustments is recorded in the Consolidated Financial Statements as Comprehensive Income (Loss). The translation adjustment for 2011 was a $0.7 million loss. Translation adjustments are not adjusted for income taxes as they relate to permanent investments in our foreign subsidiaries. Net foreign currency transaction gains and losses included in Other (Income) Expense, Net amounted to a loss of $0.1 million for 2011. A hypothetical 10% change in the value of the U.S. dollar in relation to our most significant foreign currency net assets would have had an impact of approximately $10 million on our foreign net assets as of December 30, 2011.
Interest Rates — Interest rates on our revolving line of credit reset, at our option, based upon the prime rate or LIBOR rate, thus subjecting us to interest rate risk. To help offset this risk, from time to time, we enter into receive floating-pay fixed interest rate swaps indexed to the same applicable index rate as the debt it is hedging. The objective of these swaps is to hedge against potential changes in cash flows on our outstanding revolving line of credit. No credit risk is hedged. Our interest rate swaps are accounted for as cash flow hedges.
As of December 30, 2011, we had $55 million outstanding on the 2011 Credit Facility and no interest rate swaps outstanding. See Note 8 “Debt” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this report for additional information about our interest rate swap contracts.
No portion of the change in fair value of our interest rate swaps outstanding during 2011 was considered ineffective. The amount recorded as additional Interest Expense related to the interest rate swaps was $0.4 million during 2011.
A hypothetical one percentage point change in the prime rate on the $55 million of floating rate revolving line of credit debt outstanding at December 30, 2011 would have an impact of approximately $0.6 million on our interest expense.
 
- 60 -

Table of Contents
 ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The following are set forth below:

		
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting	 	62	
		
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	 	63	
		
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010	 	66	
		
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December  30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and January 1, 2010	 	67	
		
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 30, 2011, December  31, 2010 and January 1, 2010	 	68	
		
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 30, 2011,  December 31, 2010 and January 1, 2010	 	69	
		
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	 	70	
 
- 61 -

Table of Contents
 MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
The Company’s certifying officers are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed and maintained under the supervision of its certifying officers to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
As of December 30, 2011, management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management has determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2011 is effective.
In conducting the evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2011, as permitted by the guidance issued by the Office of the Chief Accountant of the Securities and Exchange Commission, management excluded the following subsidiary acquired in 2011:
 
 	•	 	Micro Power Electronics, Inc.	
This subsidiary represented approximately 15% and 10% of net and total assets, respectively, and 0.4% of revenues of the consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 30, 2011. See Note 2 — “Acquisitions” for a discussion of this acquisition and its impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
The effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2011 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm.
Dated: February 28, 2012

	 		 		
/s/ Thomas J. Hook	 		 	/s/ Thomas J. Mazza	
Thomas J. Hook	 		 	Thomas J. Mazza	
President & Chief Executive Officer	 		 	Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer	

- 62 -

Table of Contents
 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Greatbatch, Inc.
Clarence, New York
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Greatbatch, Inc. and subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 30, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management excluded from its assessment the internal control over financial reporting at Micro Power Electronics, Inc., which was acquired on December 15, 2011 and whose financial statements constitute 15% and 10% of net and total assets, respectively, and 0.4% of revenues of the consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 30, 2011. Accordingly, our audit did not include the internal control over financial reporting at Micro Power Electronics, Inc. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
- 63 -

Table of Contents
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended December 30, 2011 of the Company and our report dated February 28, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedule.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP	

Williamsville, New York	
February 28, 2012	
 
- 64 -

Table of Contents
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Greatbatch, Inc.
Clarence, New York
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Greatbatch, Inc. and subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), cash flows, and stockholders’ equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 30, 2011. Our audits also included the consolidated financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15. These consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 30, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such consolidated financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 28, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP	
	
Williamsville, New York	
February 28, 2012	
 
- 65 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
									
 	  	At	 	
(in thousands except share and per share data)	  	December 30,	 	 	December 31,	 	
 	  	2011	 	 	2010	 	
ASSETS	  				 				
Current assets:	  				 				
Cash and cash equivalents	  	$	36,508	  	 	$	22,883	  	
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1.9 million in 2011 and $1.8 million in 2010	  	 	101,946	  	 	 	70,947	  	
Inventories	  	 	109,913	  	 	 	101,440	  	
Refundable income taxes	  	 	1,292	  	 	 	2,763	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	7,828	  	 	 	7,398	  	
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	  	 	7,469	  	 	 	6,078	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current assets	  	 	264,956	  	 	 	211,509	  	
Property, plant and equipment, net	  	 	145,806	  	 	 	146,380	  	
Amortizing intangible assets, net	  	 	100,258	  	 	 	75,114	  	
Indefinite-lived intangible assets	  	 	20,288	  	 	 	20,288	  	
Goodwill	  	 	338,653	  	 	 	307,451	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	2,450	  	 	 	2,427	  	
Other assets	  	 	8,936	  	 	 	13,807	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	  	$	881,347	  	 	$	776,976	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	  				 				
Current liabilities:	  				 				
Accounts payable	  	$	40,665	  	 	$	27,989	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	845	  	 	 	514	  	
Accrued expenses	  	 	52,539	  	 	 	32,084	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current liabilities	  	 	94,049	  	 	 	60,587	  	
Long-term debt	  	 	235,950	  	 	 	220,629	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	75,203	  	 	 	64,290	  	
Other long-term liabilities	  	 	8,862	  	 	 	4,641	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities	  	 	414,064	  	 	 	350,147	  	
Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)	  				 				
Stockholders’ equity:	  				 				
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, authorized 100,000,000 shares; no shares issued or outstanding in 2011 or 2010	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Common stock, $0.001 par value, authorized 100,000,000 shares; 23,466,128 shares issued and 23,406,023 shares outstanding in 2011 23,319,492 shares issued and 23,256,897 shares outstanding in 2010	  	 	23	  	 	 	23	  	
Additional paid-in capital	  	 	307,196	  	 	 	298,405	  	
Treasury stock, at cost, 60,105 shares in 2011 and 62,595 shares in 2010	  	 	(1,387	) 	 	 	(1,469	) 	
Retained earnings	  	 	152,522	  	 	 	119,400	  	
Accumulated other comprehensive income	  	 	8,929	  	 	 	10,470	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total stockholders’ equity	  	 	467,283	  	 	 	426,829	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	  	$	881,347	  	 	$	776,976	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
- 66 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 
													
 	  	Year Ended	 	
(in thousands except per share data)	  	December 30,
2011	 	 	December 31,
2010	 	 	January 1,
2010	 	
Sales	  	$	568,822	  	 	$	533,425	  	 	$	521,821	  	
Cost of sales	  	 	388,469	  	 	 	359,844	  	 	 	355,402	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross profit	  	 	180,353	  	 	 	173,581	  	 	 	166,419	  	
Operating expenses:	  				 				 				
Selling, general and administrative expenses	  	 	72,548	  	 	 	64,510	  	 	 	70,294	  	
Research, development and engineering costs, net	  	 	45,513	  	 	 	45,019	  	 	 	33,562	  	
Electrochem Litigation charge (gain) (Note 14)	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(9,500	) 	 	 	34,500	  	
Intangible asset write-down	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	15,921	  	
Other operating expenses, net	  	 	593	  	 	 	4,558	  	 	 	11,094	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating expenses	  	 	118,654	  	 	 	104,587	  	 	 	165,371	  	
Operating income	  	 	61,699	  	 	 	68,994	  	 	 	1,048	  	
Interest expense	  	 	16,928	  	 	 	18,519	  	 	 	20,071	  	
Interest income	  	 	(21	) 	 	 	(10	) 	 	 	(324	) 	
(Gain) loss on cost method investments, net	  	 	(4,232	) 	 	 	150	  	 	 	—  	  	
Other (income) expense, net	  	 	632	  	 	 	1,010	  	 	 	(522	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes	  	 	48,392	  	 	 	49,325	  	 	 	(18,177	) 	
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	  	 	15,270	  	 	 	16,187	  	 	 	(9,176	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss)	  	$	33,122	  	 	$	33,138	  	 	$	(9,001	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Earnings (loss) per share:	  				 				 				
Basic	  	$	1.42	  	 	$	1.44	  	 	$	(0.39	) 	
Diluted	  	$	1.40	  	 	$	1.40	  	 	$	(0.39	) 	
				
Weighted average shares outstanding:	  				 				 				
Basic	  	 	23,258	  	 	 	23,070	  	 	 	22,926	  	
Diluted	  	 	23,636	  	 	 	23,802	  	 	 	22,926	  	
				
Comprehensive income (loss):	  				 				 				
Net income (loss)	  	$	33,122	  	 	$	33,138	  	 	$	(9,001	) 	
Foreign currency translation gain (loss)	  	 	(704	) 	 	 	7,896	  	 	 	4,562	  	
Net change in cash flow hedges, net of tax	  	 	(271	) 	 	 	1,027	  	 	 	(200	) 	
Defined benefit plan liability adjustment, net of tax	  	 	(566	) 	 	 	(601	) 	 	 	862	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income (loss)	  	$	31,581	  	 	$	41,460	  	 	$	(3,777	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
- 67 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
													
 	  	Year Ended	 	
(in thousands)	  	December 30,
2011	 	 	December 31,
2010	 	 	January 1,
2010	 	
Cash flows from operating activities:	  				 				 				
Net income (loss)	  	$	33,122	  	 	$	33,138	  	 	$	(9,001	) 	
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
provided by operating activities:	  				 				 				
Depreciation and amortization	  	 	47,695	  	 	 	46,447	  	 	 	47,229	  	
Stock-based compensation	  	 	12,082	  	 	 	6,884	  	 	 	5,204	  	
(Gain) loss on cost method investments, net	  	 	(4,232	) 	 	 	150	  	 	 	—  	  	
Electrochem Litigation charge (gain)	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(9,500	) 	 	 	34,500	  	
Electrochem Litigation settlement	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(25,000	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Intangible asset write-down	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	15,921	  	
Other non-cash (gains) losses	  	 	(676	) 	 	 	743	  	 	 	(559	) 	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	8,776	  	 	 	15,419	  	 	 	(10,120	) 	
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions:	  				 				 				
Accounts receivable	  	 	(13,477	) 	 	 	10,922	  	 	 	5,876	  	
Inventories	  	 	(2,139	) 	 	 	7,406	  	 	 	6,898	  	
Prepaid expenses and other assets	  	 	(590	) 	 	 	2,111	  	 	 	(2,364	) 	
Accounts payable	  	 	4,236	  	 	 	(7,568	) 	 	 	(12,668	) 	
Accrued expenses	  	 	3,678	  	 	 	(1,472	) 	 	 	(5,050	) 	
Income taxes payable	  	 	1,446	  	 	 	(2,795	) 	 	 	(4,100	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	  	 	89,921	  	 	 	76,885	  	 	 	71,766	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from investing activities:	  				 				 				
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment	  	 	(22,489	) 	 	 	(16,140	) 	 	 	(19,674	) 	
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment	  	 	212	  	 	 	2,537	  	 	 	114	  	
Proceeds from (purchase) of cost method investments, net	  	 	10,315	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,050	) 	
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired	  	 	(66,493	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Other investing activities	  	 	(1,934	) 	 	 	(321	) 	 	 	(531	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in investing activities	  	 	(80,389	) 	 	 	(13,924	) 	 	 	(21,141	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from financing activities:	  				 				 				
Principal payments of long-term debt	  	 	(40,000	) 	 	 	(78,450	) 	 	 	(46,000	) 	
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt	  	 	45,000	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	12,000	  	
Issuance of common stock	  	 	2,401	  	 	 	659	  	 	 	212	  	
Payment of debt issuance costs	  	 	(2,213	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Other financing activities	  	 	(1,500	) 	 	 	(1,030	) 	 	 	(718	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	  	 	3,688	  	 	 	(78,821	) 	 	 	(34,506	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effect of foreign currency exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents	  	 	405	  	 	 	879	  	 	 	(318	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	  	 	13,625	  	 	 	(14,981	) 	 	 	15,801	  	
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year	  	 	22,883	  	 	 	37,864	  	 	 	22,063	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year	  	$	36,508	  	 	$	22,883	  	 	$	37,864	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
- 68 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 
																																	
 	  	Common Stock	 	  	Additional
Paid-In
Capital	 	 	Treasury
Stock	 	 	Retained
Earnings	 	 	Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)	 	 	Total
Stockholders’
Equity	 	
(in thousands)	  	Shares	 	  	Amount	 	  			 	Shares	 	 	Amount	 	 			 			 			
At January 3, 2009	  	 	22,971	  	  	$	23	  	  	$	283,322	  	 	 	(28	) 	 	$	(741	) 	 	$	95,263	  	 	$	(3,076	) 	 	$	374,791	  	
Stock-based compensation	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	5,204	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	5,204	  	
Net shares issued (acquired) under stock incentive plans	  	 	24	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	214	  	 	 	(33	) 	 	 	(635	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(421	) 	
Income tax liability from stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(88	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(88	) 	
Shares contributed to 401(k) Plan	  	 	195	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	3,274	  	 	 	28	  	 	 	741	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	4,015	  	
Net loss	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(9,001	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(9,001	) 	
Total other comprehensive income, net	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	5,224	  	 	 	5,224	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
At January 1, 2010	  	 	23,190	  	  	 	23	  	  	 	291,926	  	 	 	(33	) 	 	 	(635	) 	 	 	86,262	  	 	 	2,148	  	 	 	379,724	  	
Stock-based compensation	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	6,884	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	6,884	  	
Net shares issued (acquired) under stock incentive plans	  	 	129	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	179	  	 	 	(30	) 	 	 	(834	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(655	) 	
Income tax liability from stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(584	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(584	) 	
Net income	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	33,138	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	33,138	  	
Total other comprehensive income, net	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	8,322	  	 	 	8,322	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
At December 31, 2010	  	 	23,319	  	  	 	23	  	  	 	298,405	  	 	 	(63	) 	 	 	(1,469	) 	 	 	119,400	  	 	 	10,470	  	 	 	426,829	  	
Stock-based compensation	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	7,037	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	7,037	  	
Net shares issued under stock incentive plans	  	 	147	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1,891	  	 	 	3	  	 	 	82	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,973	  	
Income tax liability from stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(137	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(137	) 	
Net income	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	33,122	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	33,122	  	
Total other comprehensive loss, net	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,541	) 	 	 	(1,541	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
At December 30, 2011	  	 	23,466	  	  	$	23	  	  	$	307,196	  	 	 	(60	) 	 	$	(1,387	) 	 	$	152,522	  	 	$	8,929	  	 	$	467,283	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
- 69 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
1.	 	SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES	
Principles of Consolidation— The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Greatbatch, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary Greatbatch Ltd. (collectively, the “Company” or “Greatbatch”). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Nature of Operations —The Company operates its business in two reportable segments – Greatbatch Medical and Electrochem Solutions (“Electrochem”). The Company’s customers include large multi-national original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”). The Greatbatch Medical segment designs and manufactures medical devices and components primarily for the Cardiac Rhythm Management (“CRM”), Neuromodulation, Vascular Access and Orthopaedic markets. Additionally, Greatbatch Medical offers value-added assembly and design engineering services for products that incorporate Greatbatch Medical components. As a result of the strategy put in place over three years ago, Greatbatch Medical now offers its customers complete medical devices including design, development, manufacturing, regulatory submission and supporting worldwide distribution. This medical device strategy is being facilitated through the QiG Group and leverages the component technology of Greatbatch Medical and Electrochem in the Company’s core markets: Cardiovascular, Neuromodulation and Orthopaedic. Once the QiG Group designs and develops a medical device, it is manufactured by Greatbatch Medical. The operating expenses (RD&E, SG&A) of the QiG Group are included within the Greatbatch Medical segment.
Electrochem provides technology solutions where safety, reliability, quality and durability are critical. Electrochem’s customized primary (non-rechargeable) and secondary (rechargeable) battery solutions are used in markets such as energy, portable medical, military, environmental and more. Electrochem’s product lines cover a number of highly-customized battery-powered applications in remote and demanding environments, including down hole drilling tools, military communication devices, automated external defibrillators, oceanographic buoys and more. Electrochem’s primary and secondary power solutions and wireless sensing systems are used in markets where failure is not an option.
Fiscal Year End — The Company utilizes a fifty-two, fifty-three week fiscal year ending on the Friday nearest December 31 st . Fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 ended on December 30, 2011, December 31, 2010 and January 1, 2010, respectively. Fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 all contained fifty-two weeks.
Fair Value Measurements — Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e . the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the reliability of inputs as follows:
 
- 70 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Level 1 —Valuation is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Level 1 valuations do not entail a significant degree of judgment.
Level 2 —Valuation is determined from quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical instruments in markets that are not active or by model-based techniques in which all significant inputs are observable in the market.
Level 3 —Valuation is based on unobservable inputs that are significant to the overall fair value measurement. The degree of judgment in determining fair value is greatest for Level 3 valuations.
The availability of observable inputs can vary and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, the type of asset/liability, whether the asset/liability is established in the marketplace, and other characteristics particular to the valuation. To the extent that a valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.
Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure. Therefore, even when market assumptions are not readily available, assumptions are required to reflect those that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date.
The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and accounts payable, approximated their fair value as of December 30, 2011 based upon the short-term nature of these instruments. Note 17 “Fair Value Measurements” contains additional information on assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the consolidated financial statements.
Cash and Cash Equivalents —Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and highly liquid, short-term investments with maturities at the time of purchase of three months or less.
Concentration of Credit Risk —Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of accounts receivable. A significant portion of the Company’s sales are to four customers, all in the medical device industry, and, as such, the Company is directly affected by the condition of those customers and that industry. However, the credit risk associated with trade receivables is partially mitigated due to the stability of those customers. The Company performs on-going credit evaluations of its customers. Note 19 “Business Segment, Geographic and Concentration Risk Information” contains information on sales and accounts receivable for these customers. The Company maintains cash deposits with major banks, which from time to time may exceed insured limits. The Company performs on-going credit evaluations of its banks.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts —The Company provides credit, in the normal course of business, to its customers in the form of trade receivables. Credit is extended based on evaluation of a customer’s financial condition and collateral is not required. The Company maintains an allowance for those customer receivables that it does not expect to collect . The Company accrues its estimated losses from uncollectable accounts receivable to the allowance based upon recent historical
 
- 71 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

experience, the length of time the receivable has been outstanding and other specific information as it becomes available. Provisions to the allowance for doubtful accounts are charged to current operating expenses. Actual losses are charged against this allowance when incurred.
Inventories — Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined using the first-in first-out method, or market. Write-downs for excess, obsolete or expired inventory are based primarily on how long the inventory has been held as well as our estimates of forecasted net sales of that product. A significant change in the timing or level of demand for our products may result in recording additional write-downs for excess, obsolete or expired inventory in the future. Note 4 “Inventories” contains additional information on the Company’s inventory.
Property, Plant and Equipment — Property, plant and equipment is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows: buildings and building improvements 7-40 years; machinery and equipment 3-8 years; office equipment 3-10 years; and leasehold improvements over the remaining lives of the improvements or the lease term, if less. The cost of repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred; renewals and betterments are capitalized. Upon retirement or sale of an asset, its cost and related accumulated depreciation or amortization is removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is recorded in operating income or expense. Note 5 “Property, Plant and Equipment” contains additional information on the Company’s property, plant and equipment.
Business Combinations — The Company records its business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the Company allocates the purchase price of each acquisition to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values at the date of acquisition. The fair value of identifiable intangible assets is based upon detailed valuations that use various assumptions made by management. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired is allocated to goodwill. All direct acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Note 2 “Acquisitions” contains additional information on the Company’s acquisitions.
Amortizing Intangible Assets — Amortizing intangible assets consists primarily of purchased technology, patents and customer lists. The Company amortizes its definite-lived intangible assets over their estimated useful lives utilizing an accelerated or straight-line method of amortization, which approximates the projected distribution of cash flows used to fair value those intangible assets at the time of acquisition. When the straight-line method of amortization is utilized, the estimated useful life of the intangible asset is shortened to assure that recognition of amortization expense corresponds with the distribution of expected cash flows. The amortization period for the Company’s amortizing intangible assets are as follows: purchased technology and patents 5-15 years; customer lists 7-20 years and other intangible assets 1-10 years. Note 6 “Intangible Assets” contains additional information on the Company’s amortizing intangible assets.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets — The Company assesses the impairment of definite-lived long-lived assets or asset groups when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that are considered in deciding when to perform an impairment review include: A significant decrease in the market price of the asset or asset group; A significant change in the extent or manner in which a long-lived asset or asset group is being used or in its physical condition; A significant change in legal factors or in the business climate that could affect the value of a long-lived
 
- 72 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

asset (asset group), including an action or assessment by a regulator; An accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or construction; A current-period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses or a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of a long-lived asset or asset group; or a current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived asset or asset group will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life. The term more likely than not refers to a level of likelihood that is more than 50 percent.
Potential recoverability is measured by comparing the carrying amount of the asset or asset group to its related total future undiscounted cash flows. If the carrying value is not recoverable, the asset or asset group is considered to be impaired. Impairment is measured by comparing the asset or asset group’s carrying amount to its fair value. When it is determined that useful lives of assets are shorter than originally estimated, and no impairment is present, the rate of depreciation is accelerated in order to fully depreciate the assets over their new shorter useful lives.
Goodwill and certain trademarks and tradenames recorded are not amortized but are periodically tested for impairment. The Company assesses goodwill for impairment by comparing the fair value of its reporting units to their carrying amounts on the last day of each fiscal year, or more frequently if certain events occur as described above. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recorded to the extent that the implied fair value of the goodwill within the reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Fair values for reporting units are determined based on discounted cash flows and market multiples. Indefinite lived intangible assets are assessed for impairment on the last day of each fiscal year, or more frequently if certain events occur as described above, by comparing the fair value of the intangible asset to its carrying value. The fair value is determined by using a relief-from-royalty approach.
The Company has determined that, based on the impairment tests performed, no impairment of goodwill has occurred during 2011, 2010 and 2009. During 2009, the Company recognized a $15.9 million impairment charge related to its trademarks and tradenames. No impairment of the Company’s trademarks and tradenames occurred during 2011 or 2010. Note 6 “Intangible Assets” contains additional information on the Company’s intangible assets.
Other Long-Term Assets — Other long-term assets includes deferred fees incurred in connection with the Company’s issuance of its convertible subordinated notes and revolving line of credit. These fees are amortized to Interest Expense using the effective interest method over the period from the date of issuance to the put option date (if applicable) or the contractual maturity date, whichever is earlier. The amortization of deferred fees is included in Depreciation and Amortization in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Note 8 “Debt” contains additional information on the Company’s deferred financing fees.
Other long-term assets also include investments in equity securities of entities which the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence over and are accounted for using the cost method. Each reporting period, management evaluates these investments to determine if there are any events or circumstances that are likely to have a significant effect on the fair value of the investment. Examples of such impairment indicators include, but are not limited to: a recent sale or offering of similar shares of the investment at a price below the Company’s cost basis; a significant deterioration in earnings performance; a significant change in the regulatory, economic or
 
- 73 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

technological environment of the investee; or a significant doubt about an investee’s ability to continue as a going concern. If an impairment indicator is identified, management will estimate the fair value of the investment and compare it to its carrying value. The estimation of fair value considers all available financial information related to the investee, including, but not limited to, valuations based on recent third-party equity investments in the investee. If the fair value of the investment is less than its carrying value, the investment is impaired and a determination as to whether the impairment is other-than-temporary is made. Impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary unless the Company has the ability and intent to hold the investment for a period sufficient for a market recovery up to the carrying value of the investment. Further, evidence must indicate that the carrying value of the investment is recoverable within a reasonable period. For other-than-temporary impairments, an impairment loss is recognized equal to the difference between the investment’s carrying value and its fair value. The Company has determined that these investments are not considered variable interest entities. The Company’s exposure related to these entities is limited to its recorded investment. These investments are in start-up research and development companies whose fair value is highly subjective in nature and subject to future fluctuations, which could be significant.
Income Taxes — The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared using the asset and liability approach in accounting for income taxes, which requires the recognition of deferred income taxes for the expected future tax consequences of net operating losses, credits, and temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is provided on deferred tax assets if it is determined that it is more likely than not that the asset will not be realized.
It is the policy of the Company not to provide deferred taxes on the excess of the amount for financial reporting over the tax basis of the investment in its European subsidiaries that is essentially permanent in duration. This outside basis difference of approximately $7.0 million as of December 30, 2011, which is primarily attributable to cumulative translation adjustments, and associated unrecognized deferred tax liability, would only become taxable on the sale of these subsidiaries.
The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions using a more likely than not recognition threshold. The evaluation of uncertain tax positions is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in tax law, the measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in tax returns, the effective settlement of matters subject to audit, new audit activity and changes in facts or circumstances related to a tax position. These tax positions are evaluated on a quarterly basis. The Company recognizes interest expense related to uncertain tax positions as Interest Expense. Penalties, if incurred, are recognized as a component of Selling, General and Administrative Expenses (“SG&A”).
The Company and its subsidiary file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. State tax returns are filed on a combined or separate basis depending on the applicable laws in the jurisdictions where tax returns are filed. The Company also files foreign tax returns on a separate company basis in the countries in which it operates. See Note 13 “Income Taxes” for additional information.
Convertible Subordinated Notes — For convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion, the Company accounts for the liability and equity components of those instruments in a manner that will reflect the entity’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate when interest cost is recognized in subsequent periods.
 
- 74 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Upon issuance, the Company determined the carrying amount of the liability component of CSN by measuring the fair value of a similar liability that does not have the associated conversion option. The carrying amount of the conversion option was then determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from the initial proceeds received from the issuance of CSN.
The carrying amount of the conversion option was recorded in Additional Paid-In Capital with an offset to Long-Term Debt and is being amortized using the effective interest method over the period from the date of issuance to the contractual maturity date. Deferred financing fees incurred in connection with the issuance of CSN, were allocated proportionally to the proceeds of the liability and equity components. The deferred financing fees allocated to the debt component are being amortized using the effective interest method over the period from the date of issuance to contractual maturity date. The deferred financing fees allocated to the equity component were recorded as an offset to Additional Paid-In Capital. The amortization of discount and deferred fees related to the Company’s convertible debt instruments is included in Depreciation and Amortization in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. See Note 8 “Debt” for additional information.
Derivative Financial Instruments — The Company recognizes all derivative financial instruments in its consolidated financial statements at fair value . Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments are recorded in earnings unless hedge accounting criteria are met. The Company designates its interest rate swaps (See Note 8) and foreign currency contracts (See Note 14) entered into as cash flow hedges. The effective portion of the changes in fair value of these cash flow hedges is recorded each period, net of tax, in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income until the related hedged transaction occurs. Any ineffective portion of the changes in fair value of these cash flow hedges is recorded in earnings. In the event the hedged cash flow for forecasted transactions does not occur, or it becomes probable that they will not occur, the Company would reclassify the amount of any gain or loss on the related cash flow hedge to income (expense) at that time. Cash flows related to these derivative financial instruments are included in cash flows from operating activities.
Revenue Recognition — The Company recognizes revenue when it is realized or realizable and earned. This occurs when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, the buyer is obligated to pay us (i.e., not contingent on a future event), the risk of loss is transferred, there is no obligation of future performance, collectability is reasonably assured and the amount of future returns can reasonably be estimated. With regards to the Company’s customers (including distributors), those criteria are met at the time of shipment when title passes. The Company includes shipping and handling fees billed to customers in Sales. Shipping and handling costs associated with inbound and outbound freight are recorded in Cost of Sales. In certain instances the Company obtains component parts for sub-assemblies from its customers that are included in the final product. These amounts were excluded from Sales and Cost of Sales recognized by the Company. The cost of these customer supplied component parts amounted to $27.9 million, $29.9 million and $27.8 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Product Warranties — The Company allows customers to return defective or damaged products for credit, replacement, or exchange. The Company warrants that its products will meet customer specifications and will be free from defects in materials and workmanship . The Company accrues its estimated exposure to warranty claims, through Cost of Sales, based upon recent historical experience and other specific information as it becomes available. Note 14 “Commitments and Contingencies” contains additional information on the Company’s product warranties.
 
- 75 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Research, Development and Engineering Costs, Net — Research, development and engineering (“RD&E”) costs are expensed as incurred. The primary costs are salary and benefits for personnel, material costs used in development projects and subcontracting costs. Cost reimbursements for engineering services from customers for whom the Company designs products are recorded as an offset to engineering costs upon achieving development milestones specified in the contracts. Note 11 “Research, Development and Engineering Costs, Net” contains additional information on the Company’s RD&E activities.
Stock-Based Compensation — The Company records compensation costs related to stock-based awards granted to employees based upon their estimated fair value on the grant date. Compensation cost for service-based awards is recognized ratably over the applicable vesting period. Compensation cost for nonmarket-based performance awards is reassessed each period and recognized based upon the probability that the performance targets will be achieved. Compensation cost for market-based performance awards is expensed ratably over the applicable vesting period and is recognized each period whether the performance metrics are achieved or not.
The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock options granted. For service-based and nonmarket-based performance restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards, the fair market value of the award is determined based upon the closing value of the Company’s stock price on the grant date. For market-based performance restricted stock unit awards, the fair market value of the award is determined utilizing a Monte Carlo simulation model, which projects the value of the Company’s stock under numerous scenarios and determines the value of the award based upon the present value of those projected outcomes.
The amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized is based on the portion of the awards that are ultimately expected to vest, excluding market and nonmarket performance award considerations discussed above. The Company estimates pre-vesting forfeitures at the time of grant by analyzing historical data and revises those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The total expense recognized over the vesting period will only be for those awards that ultimately vest, excluding market and nonmarket performance award considerations. Note 10 “Stock-Based Compensation” contains additional information on the Company’s stock-based compensation.
Foreign Currency Translation — The Company translates all assets and liabilities of its foreign subsidiaries, where the U.S. dollar is not the functional currency, at the period-end exchange rate and translates income and expenses at the average exchange rates in effect during the period. The net effect of this translation is recorded in the consolidated financial statements as Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. Translation adjustments are not adjusted for income taxes as they relate to permanent investments in the Company’s foreign subsidiaries.
Net foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in Other (Income) Expense, Net and amounted to a loss of $0.1 million for 2011, a loss of $0.9 million for 2010 and a gain $0.7 million for 2009.
Defined Benefit Plans — The Company recognizes in its balance sheet as an asset or liability the overfunded or underfunded status of its defined benefit plans provided to its employees located in Mexico, Switzerland and France. This asset or liability is measured as the difference between the fair
 
- 76 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

value of plan assets and the benefit obligation of those plans. For these plans, the benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation, which is calculated based on actuarial computations of current and future benefits for employees. Actuarial gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that arise during the period, but are not included as components of net periodic benefit expense, are recognized as a component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. Defined benefit expenses are charged to Cost of Sales, SG&A and RD&E expenses as applicable. Note 9 “Employee Benefit Plans” contains additional information on these costs.
Earnings (Loss) Per Share (“EPS”) — Basic EPS is calculated by dividing Net Income (Loss) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of shares outstanding for potential common shares, which consist of stock options, unvested restricted stock and restricted stock units and contingently convertible instruments.
Holders of the Company’s convertible subordinated notes may convert them into shares of the Company’s common stock under certain circumstances – See Note 8 “Debt.” The Company includes the effect of the conversion of these convertible notes in the calculation of diluted EPS using the if-converted method or the treasury method for instruments that may be settled in cash at the Company’s election and which the Company has the ability and intent to settle them in cash, as long as the effect is dilutive. For computation of EPS under conversion conditions, the number of diluted shares outstanding increases by the amount of shares that are potentially convertible during that period. Also, Net Income (Loss) is adjusted for the calculation to add back interest expense on the convertible notes as well as unamortized discount and deferred financing fee amortization recorded during the period. Note 15 “Earnings (Loss) Per Share” contains additional information on the computation of the Company’s EPS.
Comprehensive Income (Loss) — The Company’s comprehensive income (loss) as reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) includes net income (loss), foreign currency translation adjustments, the net change in cash flow hedges, and defined benefit plan liability adjustments. The Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) and Note 16 “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income” contains additional information on the computation of the Company’s comprehensive income (loss).
Use of Estimates — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of sales and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements — In the normal course of business, Management evaluates all new accounting pronouncements issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”), American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) or other authoritative accounting bodies to determine the potential impact they may have on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Based upon this review, except as noted below, Management does not expect any of the recently issued accounting pronouncements, which have not already been adopted, to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
- 77 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In December 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-11 “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” This ASU requires companies to provide information about trading in financial instruments and related derivatives in expanded disclosures, creates new disclosure requirements about the nature of an entity’s rights of offset and related arrangements associated with its financial instruments and derivative instruments. The disclosure requirements are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods therein, with retrospective application required. When adopted, this ASU will not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements as it only changes the disclosures surrounding the Company’s offsetting assets and liabilities.
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment.” This ASU modifies the impairment test for goodwill intangibles. Under the revised guidance, entities performing their annual goodwill impairment test have the option of performing a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of the reporting unit (i.e., step 1 of the goodwill impairment test). If entities determine, on the basis of this qualitative assessment, that the fair value of the reporting unit is more likely than not (i.e., a likelihood of more than 50 percent) less than the carrying amount, the two-step goodwill impairment test would be required. ASU No. 2011-08 is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2012. Early adoption is permitted. The Company did not adopt ASU No. 2011-08 for its 2011 annual goodwill impairment test. When adopted, this ASU will not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements as it only impacts the timing of when the Company is required to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05 “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” This ASU provides companies two choices for presenting net income and comprehensive income: in a single continuous statement, or in two separate, but consecutive, statements. Presenting comprehensive income in the statement of equity is no longer an option. ASU No. 2011-05 is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2012. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-12 “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05,” which delays the effective date of certain provisions of ASU No. 2011-05 related to the presentation of reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income. When adopted, ASU No. 2011-05 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements as it only changes the disclosures surrounding comprehensive income and as the Company already presents net income and comprehensive income in a single continuous statement.
In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04 “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs.” ASU No. 2011-04 establishes a global standard for applying fair value measurement. In addition to a few updates to the measurement guidance, ASU No. 2011-04 includes enhanced disclosure requirements. The most significant change for companies reporting under U.S. GAAP is an expansion of the disclosures required for “Level 3” measurements; that is, measurements based on unobservable inputs, such as a company’s own data. This update is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2012. The Company is currently assessing the impact of ASU No. 2011-04 on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
- 78 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.	 	ACQUISITIONS	
Micro Power Electronics, Inc .
On December 15, 2011, Electrochem acquired all of the outstanding common and preferred stock of Micro Power Electronics, Inc. (“Micro Power”) headquartered in Beaverton, OR. Micro Power is a leading supplier of custom battery solutions, serving the portable medical, military and handheld automatic identification and data collection markets. Micro Power’s commercial portfolio is highly complementary to the products and services offered by Electrochem.
This transaction was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the results of Micro Power’s operations were included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. The aggregate purchase price consisted of the amount paid to Micro Power shareholders ($57.5 million), payments to Micro Power’s creditors at closing ($6.6 million) and certain Micro Power transaction-related expenses ($7.6 million) that were paid or accrued at December 15, 2011. The Company’s transaction costs associated with this acquisition ($0.6 million) were expensed as incurred through Other Operating Expenses, Net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The Company financed this acquisition with cash on hand and borrowed $45 million under its revolving credit facility. As of December 30, 2011, the Company has accrued $5.7 million of Micro Power transaction-related expenses, which were paid in the first quarter of 2012.
The cost of the acquisition was preliminarily allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed from Micro Power based on their fair values as of the close of the acquisition, with the amount exceeding the fair value recorded as goodwill. As the values of certain assets and liabilities are preliminary in nature, they are subject to adjustment as additional information is obtained, including, but not limited to, the finalization of our intangible asset valuation, working capital adjustment as defined in the purchase agreement, pre-acquisition tax positions and branding analysis. The valuations will be finalized in 2012. When the valuations are finalized, any changes to the preliminary valuation of assets acquired or liabilities assumed may result in material adjustments to the fair value of the intangible assets acquired, as well as goodwill. The following table summarizes the preliminary allocation of the Micro Power purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date (in thousands):

Assets acquired	  				
Current assets	  	$	25,683	  	
Property, plant and equipment	  	 	1,650	  	
Amortizing intangible assets	  	 	29,276	  	
Goodwill	  	 	31,478	  	
Other assets	  	 	94	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Total assets acquired	  	 	88,181	  	
Liabilities assumed	  				
Current liabilities	  	 	13,649	  	
Long-term liabilities	  	 	2,834	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Total liabilities assumed	  	 	16,483	  	
	  	 	 	 	
	  	$	71,698	  	

- 79 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The preliminary fair values of the assets acquired were determined using one of three valuation approaches: market, income and cost. The selection of a particular method for a given asset depended on the reliability of available data and the nature of the asset, among other considerations.
The market approach, estimates the value for a subject asset based on available market pricing for comparable assets. The income approach, estimates the value for a subject asset based on the present value of cash flows projected to be generated by the asset. The projected cash flows were discounted at a required rate of return that reflects the relative risk of the asset and the time value of money. The projected cash flows for each asset considered multiple factors from the perspective of a marketplace participant including revenue projections from existing customers, attrition trends, product life-cycle assumptions, marginal tax rates and expected profit margins giving consideration to historical and expected margins. The cost approach estimates the value for a subject asset based on the cost to replace the asset and reflects the estimated reproduction or replacement cost for the asset, less an allowance for loss in value due to depreciation or obsolescence, with specific consideration given to economic obsolescence if indicated. These fair value measurement approaches are based on significant unobservable inputs, including management estimates and assumptions.
Current assets and liabilities —The fair value of current assets (excluding inventory) and current liabilities was assumed to approximate their carrying value as of the acquisition date due to the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities.
The fair value of in-process and finished goods inventory acquired was estimated by applying a version of the market approach called the comparable sales method. This approach estimates the fair value of the assets by calculating the potential revenue generated from selling the inventory and subtracting from it the costs related to the completion and sale of that inventory and a reasonable profit allowance. Based upon this methodology, the Company recorded the inventory acquired at fair value resulting in an increase in inventory of $0.7 million. During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company expensed $0.2 million of this step-up value through Cost of Sales as the acquired inventory to which that step-up value was related was sold during that period. Raw materials inventory was valued at replacement cost.
Intangible assets —The purchase price was preliminarily allocated to specific intangible assets as follows (dollars in thousands):

Amortizing Intangible Assets	  	Fair
Value
Assigned	 	  	Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period
(Years)	 	  	Estimated
Useful
Life
(Years)	 	  	Weighted
Average
Discount
Rate	 	
Technology and patents	  	$	8,051	  	  	 	4	  	  	 	10	  	  	 	14	% 	
Customer lists	  	 	19,569	  	  	 	5	  	  	 	14	  	  	 	12	% 	
Noncompete agreement	  	 	915	  	  	 	4	  	  	 	8	  	  	 	14	% 	
Trademarks and tradenames	  	 	741	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	7	  	  	 	13	% 	
	  	 	 	 	  				  				  				
	  	$	29,276	  	  	 	4	  	  	 	13	  	  	 	13	% 	
The weighted average amortization period is less than the estimated useful life, as the Company is using an accelerated amortization method, which approximates the distribution of cash flows used to fair value those intangible assets.
 
- 80 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Technology and patents —Technology and patents consists of technical processes, patented and unpatented technology, manufacturing know-how and the understanding with respect to products or processes that have been developed by Micro Power and that will be leveraged in current and future products. The fair value of technology and patents acquired was determined utilizing the relief from royalty method, a form of the income approach, with royalty rates that ranged from 2% to 4%. The Company determined that the estimated useful life of the technology and patents is approximately 10 years. This life is based upon management’s estimate of the product life cycle associated with technology and patents before they will be replaced by new technologies.
Customer lists — Customer lists represent the estimated fair value of both the contractual and non-contractual customer relationships Micro Power has as of the acquisition date. The primary customers of Micro Power include large OEM manufacturers such as Carefusion, Harris Communications, Philips Healthcare, Thales Communications, and Thoratec, some of which are also customers of Electrochem. These relationships were valued separately from goodwill at the amount which an independent third party would be willing to pay for these relationships. The fair value of customer lists was determined using the multi-period excess-earnings method, a form of the income approach. The Company determined that the estimated useful life of the existing customer lists is approximately 14 years. This life was based upon historical customer attrition as well as management’s understanding of the industry and product life cycles.
Trademarks and tradenames — Trademarks and tradenames represent the estimated fair value of corporate and product names acquired from Micro Power, which will be utilized by the Company in the future. These tradenames were valued separately from goodwill at the amount which an independent third party would be willing to pay for use of these names. The fair value of the trademarks and tradenames was determined by utilizing the relief from royalty method, a form of the income approach, with a 0.5% royalty rate. The tradenames are inherently valuable as the Company believes they convey favorable perceptions about the products with which they are associated. This in turn generates consistent and increased demand for the products, which provides the Company with greater revenues, as well as greater production and operating efficiencies. Thus, the Company will realize larger profit margins than companies without the tradenames. The Company determined that the estimated useful life of the trademarks and tradenames is approximately 7 years.
Goodwill —The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired of $31.5 million was allocated to goodwill. Various factors contributed to the establishment of goodwill, including: the value of Micro Power’s highly trained assembled work force and management team; the expected revenue growth over time that is attributable to increased market penetration from future products and customers; and the incremental value to the Company’s Electrochem business from expanding and diversifying its revenues. The goodwill acquired in connection with the Micro Power acquisition was allocated to the Electrochem business segment and is not deductible for tax purposes.
 
- 81 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Pro Forma Results (Unaudited) —The following unaudited pro forma information presents the consolidated results of operations of the Company and Micro Power as if that acquisition had occurred as of the beginning of the 2010 fiscal year presented (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	  	December 31,
2010	 	
Sales	  	$	631,561	  	  	$	591,893	  	
Net income	  	 	32,280	  	  	 	29,476	  	
Earnings per share:	  				  				
Basic	  	$	1.39	  	  	$	1.28	  	
Diluted	  	$	1.37	  	  	$	1.25	  	
The unaudited pro forma information presents the combined operating results of Greatbatch and Micro Power, with the results prior to the acquisition date adjusted to include the pro forma impact of the amortization of acquired intangible assets based on the purchase price allocation, the elimination of non-recurring inventory step-up amortization recorded by Greatbatch ($0.7 million), the adjustment to interest income/expense reflecting the cash paid in connection with the acquisition, including acquisition–related expenses, at Greatbatch’s weighted average interest income/expense rate, and the impact of income taxes on the pro forma adjustments utilizing the applicable statutory tax rate. The unaudited pro forma consolidated basic and diluted earnings per share are based on the consolidated basic and diluted weighted average shares of Greatbatch. For 2011, the Micro Power acquisition added approximately $2.5 million to revenue and was neutral to net income.
The unaudited pro forma results are presented for illustrative purposes only and do not reflect the realization of potential cost savings, and any related integration costs. Certain costs savings may result from the acquisition; however, there can be no assurance that these cost savings will be achieved. These pro forma results do not purport to be indicative of the results that would have been obtained, or to be a projection of results that may be obtained in the future.
Subsequent Event — On February 16, 2012, the Company purchased all of the outstanding common stock of NeuroNexus Technologies, Inc. (“NeuroNexus”) headquartered in Ann Arbor, MI. NeuroNexus is an active implantable medical device design firm specializing in developing and commercializing high-value neural interface technology, components and systems for neuroscience and clinical markets. NeuroNexus has an extensive intellectual property portfolio, core technologies and capabilities to support the development and manufacturing of innovative neural interface devices across a wide range of functions including neuromodulation, sensing, optical stimulation and targeted drug delivery applications. This transaction will be accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the results of NeuroNexus’s operations will be included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition within the Greatbatch Medical segment. The aggregate purchase price, which includes the repayment of NeuroNexus debt at closing, was approximately $12 million and was funded with cash on hand.
 
- 82 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3.	 	SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION	

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,	 	 	December 31,	 	  	January 1,	 	
(in thousands)	  	2011	 	 	2010	 	  	2010	 	
Noncash investing and financing activities:	  				 				  				
Unrealized (loss) gain on cash flow hedges, net	  	$	(271	) 	 	$	1,027	  	  	$	(200	) 	
Common stock contributed to 401(k) Plan	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	4,015	  	
Property, plant and equipment purchases included in accounts payable	  	 	4,455	  	 	 	2,614	  	  	 	1,259	  	
Unsettled purchase of treasury stock	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	632	  	
Cash paid during the year for:	  				 				  				
Interest	  	 	6,148	  	 	 	8,498	  	  	 	9,234	  	
Income taxes	  	 	5,259	  	 	 	3,826	  	  	 	4,473	  	
Acquisition of noncash assets	  	 	87,766	  	 	 	350	  	  	 	—  	  	
Liabilities assumed	  	 	16,483	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
 
4.	 	INVENTORIES	
Inventories are comprised of the following (in thousands):

 	  	At	 	
 	  	December 30,	 	  	December 31,	 	
 	  	2011	 	  	2010	 	
Raw materials	  	$	49,773	  	  	$	45,974	  	
Work-in-process	  	 	36,603	  	  	 	34,659	  	
Finished goods	  	 	23,537	  	  	 	20,807	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	109,913	  	  	$	101,440	  	

- 83 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

5.	 	PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT	
Property, plant and equipment are comprised of the following (in thousands):

 	  	At	 	
 	  	December 30,	 	 	December 31,	 	
 	  	2011	 	 	2010	 	
Manufacturing machinery and equipment	  	$	149,136	  	 	$	135,108	  	
Buildings and building improvements	  	 	75,229	  	 	 	71,160	  	
Information technology hardware and software	  	 	33,881	  	 	 	32,700	  	
Leasehold improvements	  	 	17,426	  	 	 	17,282	  	
Furniture and fixtures	  	 	11,282	  	 	 	10,475	  	
Land and land improvements	  	 	11,075	  	 	 	10,332	  	
Construction work in process	  	 	13,302	  	 	 	11,639	  	
Other	  	 	993	  	 	 	808	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
	  	 	312,324	  	 	 	289,504	  	
Accumulated depreciation	  	 	(166,518	) 	 	 	(143,124	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	145,806	  	 	$	146,380	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation expense for property, plant and equipment was as follows (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	  	December 31,
2010	 	  	January 1,
2010	 	
Depreciation expense	  	$	25,672	  	  	$	26,104	  	  	$	27,059	  	
Construction work in process at December 30, 2011 primarily relates to the construction of the Company’s Orthopaedic manufacturing facility in Allen County, IN. See Note 12 for a description of the Company’s significant capital investment projects.
 
- 84 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6.	 	INTANGIBLE ASSETS	
Amortizing intangible assets are comprised of the following (in thousands):

 	  	Gross
Carrying
Amount	 	  	Accumulated
Amortization	 	 	Foreign
Currency
Translation	 	  	Net
Carrying
Amount	 	
At December 30, 2011	  				  				 				  				
Purchased technology and patents	  	$	97,324	  	  	$	(54,054	) 	 	$	842	  	  	$	44,112	  	
Customer lists	  	 	66,388	  	  	 	(14,009	) 	 	 	1,807	  	  	 	54,186	  	
Other	  	 	5,174	  	  	 	(4,019	) 	 	 	805	  	  	 	1,960	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total amortizing intangible assets	  	$	168,886	  	  	$	(72,082	) 	 	$	3,454	  	  	$	100,258	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
At December 31, 2010	  				  				 				  				
Purchased technology and patents	  	$	83,023	  	  	$	(48,187	) 	 	$	1,212	  	  	$	36,048	  	
Customer lists	  	 	46,818	  	  	 	(10,577	) 	 	 	2,119	  	  	 	38,360	  	
Other	  	 	3,519	  	  	 	(2,862	) 	 	 	49	  	  	 	706	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total amortizing intangible assets	  	$	133,360	  	  	$	(61,626	) 	 	$	3,380	  	  	$	75,114	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Aggregate intangible asset amortization expense is comprised of the following (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	  	December 31,
2010	 	  	January 1,
2010	 	
Cost of sales	  	$	6,163	  	  	$	5,897	  	  	$	6,331	  	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	  	 	3,926	  	  	 	3,765	  	  	 	3,729	  	
Research, development and engineering costs	  	 	367	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total intangible asset amortization expense	  	$	10,456	  	  	$	9,662	  	  	$	10,060	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Estimated future intangible asset amortization expense based upon the current carrying value is as follows (in thousands):

 	  	Estimated
Amortization
Expense	 	
2012	  	$	14,225	  	
2013	  	 	13,384	  	
2014	  	 	13,533	  	
2015	  	 	12,334	  	
2016	  	 	10,123	  	
Thereafter	  	 	36,659	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Total estimated amortization expense	  	$	100,258	  	

- 85 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

During 2011, the Company made various asset purchases of technology and patents totaling $6.3 million, which is being amortized over a weighted average period of approximately 11 years. In connection with these purchases, the Company recorded a $3.0 million contingent liability, which will only be paid if certain sales targets for products that utilize that technology are achieved. This contingent liability is currently classified in Other Long-Term Liabilities.
As a result of the successful rebranding of the Company, during the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company wrote-down its non-Greatbatch trademarks and tradenames by $15.9 million. This charge was recorded based upon the Company’s decision to discontinue use of the associated tradenames and determination that there were no market participants willing to purchase the previously acquired tradenames. In addition to the above, the Company incurred expense of $0.7 million in 2009 related to its rebranding initiative, which includes additional advertising costs, and is included in SG&A. As of December 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had a $20.3 million indefinite-lived intangible asset recorded relating to its Greatbatch tradename.
The change in goodwill during 2011 is as follows (in thousands):

 	  	Greatbatch
Medical	 	 	Electrochem	 	  	Total	 	
At December 31, 2010	  	$	297,508	  	 	$	9,943	  	  	$	307,451	  	
Goodwill acquired	  	 	—  	  	 	 	31,478	  	  	 	31,478	  	
Foreign currency translation	  	 	(276	) 	 	 	—  	  	  	 	(276	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
At December 30, 2011	  	$	297,232	  	 	$	41,421	  	  	$	338,653	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
As of December 30, 2011, no accumulated impairment loss has been recognized for the goodwill allocated to the Company’s Greatbatch Medical or Electrochem segments.
 
7.	 	ACCRUED EXPENSES	
Accrued expenses are comprised of the following (in thousands):

 	  	As of	 	
 	  	December 30,	 	  	December 31,	 	
 	  	2011	 	  	2010	 	
Salaries and benefits	  	$	13,618	  	  	$	13,104	  	
Profit sharing and bonuses	  	 	19,971	  	  	 	8,443	  	
Warranty	  	 	2,013	  	  	 	2,313	  	
Micro Power purchase price payable	  	 	5,690	  	  	 	—  	  	
Other	  	 	11,247	  	  	 	8,224	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	52,539	  	  	$	32,084	  	

- 86 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

8.	 	DEBT	
Long-term debt is comprised of the following (in thousands):
									
 	  	At	 	
 	  	December 30,	 	 	December 31,	 	
 	  	2011	 	 	2010	 	
Revolving line of credit	  	$	55,000	  	 	$	50,000	  	
2.25% convertible subordinated notes, due 2013	  	 	197,782	  	 	 	197,782	  	
Unamortized discount	  	 	(16,832	) 	 	 	(27,153	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total long-term debt	  	$	235,950	  	 	$	220,629	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revolving Line of Credit — On June 24, 2011, the Company amended and extended its revolving credit facility (the “2011 Credit Facility”) to replace its then existing credit facility, which had an expiration date of May 22, 2012. The 2011 Credit Facility provides a $400 million secured revolving credit facility, which can be increased to $600 million upon the Company’s request and approval by a majority of the lenders. The 2011 Credit Facility also contains a $15 million letter of credit subfacility and a $15 million swingline subfacility. The 2011 Credit Facility has a maturity date of June 24, 2016; provided, however, if CSN (defined below) is not repaid in full, modified or refinanced before March 1, 2013, the maturity date of the 2011 Credit Facility will be March 1, 2013.
The 2011 Credit Facility is secured by the Company’s non-realty assets including cash, accounts receivable and inventories. Interest rates under the 2011 Credit Facility are, at the Company’s option either at: (i) the higher of (a) the prime rate and (b) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, plus the applicable margin, which ranges between 0.0% and 1.0%, based on the Company’s total leverage ratio or (ii) the applicable LIBOR rate plus the applicable margin, which ranges between 1.5% and 3.0%, based on the Company’s total leverage ratio. Loans under the swingline subfacility will bear interest at the higher of (a) the prime rate and (b) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, plus the applicable margin, which ranges between 0.0% and 1.0%, based on the Company’s total leverage ratio. The Company is also required to pay a commitment fee which, varies between 0.175% and 0.25% depending on the Company’s total leverage ratio.
The 2011 Credit Facility contains limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, liens and licensing of intellectual property, investments and certain payments. The 2011 Credit Facility permits the Company to engage in the following activities up to an aggregate amount of $250 million: 1) engage in permitted acquisitions in the aggregate not to exceed $250 million; 2) make other investments in the aggregate not to exceed $60 million; 3) make stock repurchases not to exceed $60 million in the aggregate; and 4) retire up to $198 million of Greatbatch, Inc.’s CSN. At any time that the total leverage ratio of the Company for the two most recently ended fiscal quarters is less than 2.75 to 1.0, the Company may make an election to reset each of the amounts specified in clauses (1) through (4) above. Additionally, these limitations can be waived upon the Company’s request and approval of a majority of the lenders. As of December 30, 2011, the Company had available to it the full amount of the above limits except for the permitted acquisitions limit which is $178 million due to the Micro Power acquisition.
 
- 87 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The 2011 Credit Facility requires the Company to maintain a rolling four quarter ratio of adjusted EBITDA to interest expense of at least 3.0 to 1.0, and a total leverage ratio of not greater than 4.5 to 1.0 through December 30, 2011 and not greater than 4.0 to 1.0 from December 31, 2011 and thereafter. The calculation of adjusted EBITDA and total leverage ratio excludes non-cash charges, extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring expenses or losses, non-cash stock-based compensation, and non-recurring expenses or charges incurred in connection with permitted acquisitions. As of December 30, 2011, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.
The 2011 Credit Facility contains customary events of default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default, a majority of the lenders may declare the outstanding advances and all other obligations under the 2011 Credit Facility immediately due and payable.
The weighted average interest rate on borrowings under the 2011 Credit Facility as of December 30, 2011, was 2.25%. As of December 30, 2011, the Company had $345 million of borrowing capacity available under the 2011 Credit Facility. This amount may vary from period to period based upon the debt levels of the Company as well as the level of EBITDA, which impacts the covenant calculations as described above.
Interest Rate Swaps — In 2008, the Company entered into three receive floating-pay fixed interest rate swaps indexed to the six-month LIBOR rate, in order to hedge against potential changes in cash flows on the Company’s outstanding debt, which was also indexed to the six-month LIBOR rate. As of December 30, 2011, none of these interest rate swaps remain outstanding. The receive variable leg of the interest rate swaps and the variable rate paid on the debt had the same rate of interest, excluding the credit spread, and reset and paid interest on the same dates. The Company accounted for these interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges. No portion of the change in fair value of the interest rate swaps during the 2011, 2010 or 2009 periods was considered ineffective. The amount recorded as Interest Expense related to the interest rate swaps was $0.4 million, $1.7 million, and $1.4 million during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Convertible Subordinated Notes — In March 2007, the Company completed a private placement of $197.8 million of 2.25% convertible subordinated notes, due June 15, 2013 (“CSN”). CSN bear interest at 2.25% per annum, payable semi-annually, are due on June 15, 2013, and were issued at a 5% discount. The holders may convert the notes into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price of $34.70 per share, which is equivalent to a conversion ratio of 28.8219 shares per $1,000 of principal. The conversion price and the conversion ratio will adjust automatically upon certain changes to the Company’s capitalization. The fair value of CSN as of December 30, 2011 was approximately $194 million and is based on recent sales prices.
The effective interest rate of CSN, which takes into consideration the amortization of the discount and deferred fees related to the issuance of these notes, is approximately 8.5%. The discount on CSN is being amortized to the maturity date of the convertible notes utilizing the effective interest method. As of December 30, 2011, the carrying amount of the discount related to the CSN conversion option was $14.3 million. As of December 30, 2011, the if-converted value of the CSN notes does not exceed their principal amount as the Company’s closing stock price of $22.10 per share did not exceed the conversion price of $34.70 per share, thus none of these shares were included in the weighted average share calculation of diluted earnings per share (“EPS”).
 
- 88 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The contractual interest and discount amortization for CSN were as follows (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	  	December 31,
2010	 	  	January 1,
2010	 	
Contractual interest	  	$	4,450	  	  	$	4,450	  	  	$	4,450	  	
Discount amortization	  	 	10,320	  	  	 	9,657	  	  	 	9,038	  	
The notes are convertible at the option of the holders at such time as: (i) the closing price of the Company’s common stock exceeds 150% of the conversion price of the notes for 20 out of 30 consecutive trading days; (ii) the trading price per $1,000 of principal is less than 98% of the product of the closing sale price of common stock for each day during any five consecutive trading day period and the conversion rate per $1,000 of principal; (iii) the notes have been called for redemption; (iv) the Company distributes to all holders of common stock rights or warrants entitling them to purchase additional shares of common stock at less than the average closing price of common stock for the ten trading days immediately preceding the announcement of the distribution; (v) the Company distributes to all holders of common stock any form of dividend which has a per share value exceeding 5% of the price of the common stock on the day prior to such date of distribution; (vi) the Company effects a consolidation, merger, share exchange or sale of assets pursuant to which its common stock is converted to cash or other property; (vii) the period beginning 60 days prior to but excluding June 15, 2013; and (viii) certain fundamental changes, as defined in the indenture governing the notes, occur or are approved by the Board of Directors.
Conversions in connection with corporate transactions that constitute a fundamental change require the Company to pay a premium make-whole amount, based upon a predetermined table as set forth in the indenture agreement, whereby the conversion ratio on the notes may be increased by up to 7.0 shares per $1,000 of principal. The premium make-whole amount will be paid in shares of common stock upon any such conversion, subject to the net share settlement feature of the notes described below.
CSN contains a net share settlement feature that requires the Company to pay cash for each $1,000 of principal to be converted. Any amounts in excess of $1,000 will be settled in shares of the Company’s common stock, or at the Company’s option, cash. The Company has a one-time irrevocable election to pay the holders in shares of its common stock, which it currently does not plan to exercise.
CSN are redeemable by the Company at any time on or after June 20, 2012, or at the option of a holder upon the occurrence of certain fundamental changes, as defined in the indenture, affecting the Company. The notes are subordinated in right of payment to all of our senior indebtedness and effectively subordinated to all debts and other liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries.
 
- 89 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Deferred Financing Fees — The change in deferred financing fees is as follows (in thousands):

At January 1, 2010	  	$	3,028	  	
Amortization during the period	  	 	(1,023	) 	
	  	 	 	 	
At December 31, 2010	  	 	2,005	  	
Financing costs deferred	  	 	2,213	  	
Write-off during the period	  	 	(51	) 	
Amortization during the period	  	 	(1,018	) 	
	  	 	 	 	
At December 30, 2011	  	$	3,149	  	

9.	 	EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS	
Savings Plan — The Company sponsors a defined contribution 401(k) plan, which covers substantially all of its U.S. based employees. The plan provides for the deferral of employee compensation under Section 401(k) and a discretionary Company match. In 2011, 2010, and 2009, this match was $0.35 per dollar of participant deferral, up to 6% of the total compensation for each participant. Net costs related to this defined contribution plan were $1.6 million in 2011 and $1.5 million in 2010, and 2009.
In addition to the above, under the terms of the 401(k) plan document there is an annual discretionary defined contribution of up to five percent of each employee’s eligible compensation. This amount is contributed to the 401(k) plan in the form of Company stock. Compensation cost recognized related to the defined contribution was $5.1 million in 2011. No discretionary contribution was made for fiscal years 2010, or 2009 as the Company did not achieve the applicable performance targets for those years. As of December 30, 2011, the 401(k) Plan held 543,320 shares of Company stock.
Education Assistance Program — The Company reimburses tuition, textbooks and laboratory fees for college or other job related programs for all of its U.S. based employees. The Company also reimburses college tuition for the dependent children of certain full-time U.S. based employees, which vests on a straight-line basis over ten years, up to the applicable local state university tuition rate. For certain employees and executives, the dependent children benefit is not limited. Minimum academic achievement is required in order to receive reimbursement under both programs. Aggregate expenses under the programs were $1.5 million, $1.3 million and $1.5 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The dependent tuition reimbursement program was frozen on December 14, 2011 and is now limited to those U.S. employees who were employed by the Company as of that date.
Defined Benefit Plans — The Company is required to provide its employees located in Switzerland, Mexico, and France certain statutorily mandated defined benefits. Under these plans, benefits accrue to employees based upon years of service, position, age and compensation. The defined benefit pension plan provided to the Company’s employees located in Switzerland is a funded contributory plan while the defined benefit plans provided to the Company’s employees located in Mexico and France are unfunded and noncontributory. The Company expects 2012 contributions to these defined benefit plans to be similar to those made in 2011 and 2010.
 
- 90 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Information relating to the funding position of the Company’s defined benefit plans as of the plans measurement date of December 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were as follows (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	 	December 31,
2010	 	
Change in projected benefit obligation:	  				 				
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year	  	$	15,961	  	 	$	14,294	  	
Service cost	  	 	1,127	  	 	 	724	  	
Interest cost	  	 	483	  	 	 	383	  	
Prior service cost	  	 	125	  	 	 	143	  	
Plan participants’ contribution	  	 	999	  	 	 	863	  	
Actuarial loss	  	 	393	  	 	 	257	  	
Benefits paid	  	 	(1,396	) 	 	 	(590	) 	
Settlements/curtailments	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,524	) 	
Plan amendment	  	 	(582	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Foreign currency translation	  	 	(57	) 	 	 	1,411	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Projected benefit obligation at end of year	  	 	17,053	  	 	 	15,961	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Change in fair value of plan assets:	  				 				
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	  	 	11,314	  	 	 	10,320	  	
Employer contributions	  	 	1,041	  	 	 	913	  	
Plan participants’ contributions	  	 	999	  	 	 	863	  	
Actual loss on plan assets	  	 	(443	) 	 	 	(278	) 	
Benefits paid	  	 	(1,380	) 	 	 	(559	) 	
Settlements	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,050	) 	
Foreign currency translation	  	 	(47	) 	 	 	1,105	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	  	 	11,484	  	 	 	11,314	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at end of year	  	$	5,569	  	 	$	4,647	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Pension liability classified as other current liabilities	  	$	21	  	 	$	6	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Pension liability classified as long-term liabilities	  	$	5,548	  	 	$	4,641	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year	  	$	14,962	  	 	$	14,218	  	

- 91 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Amounts recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income are as follows (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	 	December 31,
2010	 	
Net loss occurring during the year	  	$	1,306	  	 	$	916	  	
Amortization of losses	  	 	(59	) 	 	 	(586	) 	
Prior service cost	  	 	(459	) 	 	 	143	  	
Amortization of prior service cost	  	 	(137	) 	 	 	(4	) 	
Foreign currency translation	  	 	(5	) 	 	 	90	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Pre-tax adjustment	  	 	646	  	 	 	559	  	
Taxes	  	 	(80	) 	 	 	42	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net loss	  	$	566	  	 	$	601	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The amortization of amounts in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit expense during 2012 are as follows (in thousands):

Amortization of net prior service credit	  	$	(41	) 	
Amortization of net loss	  	 	165	  	
Net pension cost is comprised of the following (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	 	December 31,
2010	 	
Service cost	  	$	1,127	  	 	$	724	  	
Interest cost	  	 	483	  	 	 	383	  	
Expected return on assets	  	 	(470	) 	 	 	(381	) 	
Settlements	  	 	—  	  	 	 	87	  	
Recognized net actuarial loss	  	 	200	  	 	 	30	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net pension cost	  	$	1,340	  	 	$	843	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The weighted-average rates used in the actuarial valuations were as follows:

 	  	Projected Benefit Obligation	 	 	Net Pension Cost	 	
 	  	December 30,	 	 	December 31,	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	2011	 	 	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Discount rate	  	 	2.5	% 	 	 	2.9	% 	 	 	2.9	% 	 	 	3.0	% 	 	 	3.0	% 	
Salary growth	  	 	2.3	% 	 	 	2.5	% 	 	 	2.5	% 	 	 	2.5	% 	 	 	2.5	% 	
Expected rate of return on assets	  	 	3.5	% 	 	 	3.8	% 	 	 	3.8	% 	 	 	4.0	% 	 	 	4.0	% 	
Long-term inflation rate	  	 	1.3	% 	 	 	1.5	% 	 	 	1.5	% 	 	 	1.5	% 	 	 	1.5	% 	
 
- 92 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The discount rate used is based on the yields of Switzerland AA bonds with a duration matching the duration of the liabilities plus approximately 50 basis points to reflect the risk of investing in corporate bonds. The expected rate of return on plan assets reflects long-term earnings expectations on existing plan assets and those contributions expected to be received during the current plan year. In estimating that rate, appropriate consideration was given to historical returns earned by plan assets in the fund and the rates of return expected to be available for reinvestment. Rates of return were adjusted to reflect current capital market assumptions and changes in investment allocations. Equity securities and fixed income securities were assumed to earn a return in the range of 6% to 8% and 2.25%, respectively. When these overall return expectations are applied to the pension plan’s target allocation, the expected rate of return is determined to be 3.5%.
Plan assets were comprised of the following (in thousands):

 	  	 	 	  	Fair Value Measurements Using	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	  	Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)	 	  	Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)	 	  	Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)	 	
Cash	  	$	179	  	  	$	179	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	
Equity securities:	  				  				  				  				
U.S. companies	  	 	1,019	  	  	 	1,019	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
International companies	  	 	2,155	  	  	 	2,155	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Emerging markets	  	 	415	  	  	 	415	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Fixed income:	  				  				  				  				
Government & government agencies	  	 	4,057	  	  	 	4,057	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Corporate	  	 	1,860	  	  	 	1,860	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Real-estate	  	 	1,064	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1,064	  	  	 	—  	  	
Other	  	 	735	  	  	 	735	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	11,484	  	  	$	10,420	  	  	$	1,064	  	  	$	—  	  	

- 93 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 	  	 	 	  	Fair Value Measurements Using	 	
 	  	December 31,
2010	 	  	Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)	 	  	Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)	 	  	Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)	 	
Cash	  	$	84	  	  	$	84	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	
Equity securities:	  				  				  				  				
U.S. companies	  	 	969	  	  	 	969	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
International companies	  	 	2,310	  	  	 	2,310	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Emerging markets	  	 	464	  	  	 	464	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Fixed income:	  				  				  				  				
Government & government agencies	  	 	4,336	  	  	 	4,336	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Corporate	  	 	1,034	  	  	 	1,034	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Real-estate	  	 	1,081	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1,081	  	  	 	—  	  	
Other	  	 	1,036	  	  	 	1,036	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	11,314	  	  	$	10,233	  	  	$	1,081	  	  	$	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The fair value of Level 1 plan assets are obtained by reference to the last quoted price of the identical security on the market which it trades. The fair value of Level 2 plan assets are obtained from quoted market prices in inactive markets or valuation models with observable market data inputs to estimate fair value. These observable market data inputs include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data.
The weighted average target and actual pension fund asset allocation as of the valuation date was as follows:

 	  	 	 	 	2011	 	
 	  	Target	 	 	Actual	 	
Asset Category:	  				 				
Fixed income	  	 	54.0	% 	 	 	52.0	% 	
Equity	  	 	31.0	% 	 	 	31.0	% 	
Real-estate	  	 	10.0	% 	 	 	9.0	% 	
Cash	  	 	0.0	% 	 	 	2.0	% 	
Other	  	 	5.0	% 	 	 	6.0	% 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
	  	 	100.0	% 	 	 	100.0	% 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The target allocation is consistent with the Company’s goal of diversifying plan assets in order to preserve capital while achieving investment results that will contribute to the proper funding of benefit obligations and cash flow requirements.
 
- 94 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Estimated benefit payments over the next ten years are as follows (in thousands):

2012	  	$	773	  	
2013	  	 	992	  	
2014	  	 	989	  	
2015	  	 	1,039	  	
2016	  	 	1,035	  	
2017-2021	  	 	6,637	  	
 
10.	 	STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION	
The components and classification of stock-based compensation expense were as follows (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	  	December 31,
2010	 	  	January 1,
2010	 	
Stock options	  	$	2,511	  	  	$	2,617	  	  	$	2,631	  	
Restricted stock and units	  	 	4,526	  	  	 	4,267	  	  	 	2,573	  	
401(k) stock contribution	  	 	5,045	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total stock-based compensation expense	  	$	12,082	  	  	$	6,884	  	  	$	5,204	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Cost of sales	  	$	4,184	  	  	$	509	  	  	$	398	  	
Selling, general and administrative	  	 	6,630	  	  	 	5,982	  	  	 	4,375	  	
Research, development and engineering	  	 	1,268	  	  	 	393	  	  	 	431	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total stock-based compensation expense	  	$	12,082	  	  	$	6,884	  	  	$	5,204	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
During 2010 and 2009, the Company reversed approximately $0.3 million and $2.6 million, respectively, of performance stock-based compensation expense as it was no longer probable that the performance metrics would be achieved on those awards. During 2010, the Company recorded $0.7 million of stock-based compensation expense related to the accelerated vesting of equity awards issued to the Company’s former Senior Vice President—Orthopaedics, who died during the year.
Summary of Plans
The Company’s 1998 Stock Option Plan, 2002 Restricted Stock Plan and Non-Employee Directors Plan have been frozen to any new award issuances. Stock option and restricted stock awards remain outstanding under these plans.
The Company’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (“2005 Plan”), as amended, authorizes the issuance of up to 2,450,000 shares of equity incentive awards including nonqualified and incentive stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock bonuses and stock appreciation rights subject to the terms of the 2005 Plan. The 2005 Plan limits the amount of restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock bonuses that may be awarded in the aggregate to 850,000 shares of the 2,450,000 shares authorized by the 2005 Plan.
 
- 95 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company’s 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (“2009 Plan”) authorizes the issuance of up to 1,350,000 shares of equity incentive awards including nonqualified and incentive stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock bonuses and stock appreciation rights subject to the terms of the 2009 Plan. The 2009 Plan limits the amount of restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock bonuses that may be awarded in the aggregate to 200,000 shares of the 1,350,000 shares authorized.
In 2011, stockholders of the Company approved the Greatbatch, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”). The 2011 Plan authorizes the issuance of up to 1,000,000 shares of equity incentive awards including nonqualified and incentive stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock bonuses and stock appreciation rights, subject to the terms of the 2011 Plan. The 2011 Plan does not limit the amount of restricted stock, restricted stock units or stock bonuses that may be awarded.
As of December 30, 2011, there were 894,936, 626,402 and 313,020 shares available for future grants under the 2011 Plan, 2009 Plan and 2005 Plan, respectively. Due to plan sub-limits, of the shares available for grant, only 731 shares and 18,426 shares may be awarded under the 2009 Plan and the 2005 Plan, respectively, in the form of restricted stock, restricted stock units or stock bonuses.
Stock Options 
Stock options granted generally vest over a three or four year period, expire 10 years from the date of grant, and are granted at exercise prices equal to or greater than the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Performance-based stock options only vest if certain performance metrics are achieved. The performance metrics generally cover a three-year performance period beginning in the year of grant and include the achievement of revenue, adjusted operating earnings and adjusted operating cash flow targets. In 2010, the Company began issuing all performance stock-based awards in the form of restricted stock units.
The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. Management is required to make certain assumptions with respect to selected model inputs. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock over the most recent period commensurate with the estimated expected life of the stock options. The expected life of stock options, which represents the period of time that the stock options are expected to be outstanding, is based on historical data. The expected dividend yield is based on the Company’s history and expectation of future dividend payouts. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for a period commensurate with the estimated expected life. If factors change and result in different assumptions, the stock option expense that the Company records for future grants may differ significantly from what the Company recorded in the current period. Stock-based compensation expense is only recorded for those awards that are expected to vest. Pre-vesting forfeiture estimates for determining appropriate stock-based compensation expense are estimated at the time of grant based on historical experience. Revisions are made to those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from estimated forfeitures. For retirement eligible employees, whose awards immediately vest, a 0% forfeiture rate is used.
 
- 96 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The weighted-average fair value and assumptions used are as follows:

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	 	December 31,
2010	 	 	January 1,
2010	 	
Weighted average grant date fair value	  	$	9.37	  	 	$	8.24	  	 	$	8.63	  	
Risk-free interest rate	  	 	2.02	% 	 	 	2.62	% 	 	 	2.03	% 	
Expected volatility	  	 	40	% 	 	 	40	% 	 	 	39	% 	
Expected life (in years)	  	 	5.3	  	 	 	5.4	  	 	 	5.6	  	
Expected dividend yield	  	 	0	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	 	0	% 	
Annual prevesting forfeiture rate	  	 	9	% 	 	 	9	% 	 	 	9	% 	
The following table summarizes time-vested stock option activity:

 	  	Number of
Time-Vested
Stock
Options	 	 	Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price	 	  	Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(In Years)	 	  	Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(In  Millions)	 	
Outstanding at January 2, 2009	  	 	1,498,294	  	 	$	24.28	  	  				  				
Granted	  	 	243,920	  	 	 	26.53	  	  				  				
Exercised	  	 	(13,736	) 	 	 	15.45	  	  				  				
Forfeited or expired	  	 	(366,355	) 	 	 	27.27	  	  				  				
	  	 	 	 	 				  				  				
Outstanding at January 1, 2010	  	 	1,362,123	  	 	 	23.94	  	  				  				
Granted	  	 	243,155	  	 	 	20.57	  	  				  				
Exercised	  	 	(34,196	) 	 	 	19.26	  	  				  				
Forfeited or expired	  	 	(107,526	) 	 	 	24.43	  	  				  				
	  	 	 	 	 				  				  				
Outstanding at December 31, 2010	  	 	1,463,556	  	 	 	23.46	  	  				  				
Granted	  	 	306,449	  	 	 	23.98	  	  				  				
Exercised	  	 	(84,237	) 	 	 	21.41	  	  				  				
Forfeited or expired	  	 	(126,997	) 	 	 	26.47	  	  				  				
	  	 	 	 	 				  				  				
Outstanding at December 30, 2011	  	 	1,558,771	  	 	$	23.42	  	  	 	6.1	  	  	$	1.5	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Expected to vest at December 30, 2011	  	 	1,529,168	  	 	$	23.42	  	  	 	6.1	  	  	$	1.5	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Exercisable at December 30, 2011	  	 	1,236,993	  	 	$	23.51	  	  	 	5.6	  	  	$	1.3	  	

- 97 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table summarizes performance-vested stock option activity:

 	  	Number of
Performance-
Vested Stock
Options	 	 	Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price	 	  	Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(In Years)	 	  	Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(In Millions)	 	
Outstanding at January 2, 2009	  	 	798,564	  	 	$	23.62	  	  				  				
Granted	  	 	310,407	  	 	 	26.53	  	  				  				
Forfeited or expired	  	 	(106,987	) 	 	 	24.00	  	  				  				
	  	 	 	 	 				  				  				
Outstanding at January 1, 2010	  	 	1,001,984	  	 	 	24.48	  	  				  				
Forfeited or expired	  	 	(257,461	) 	 	 	26.81	  	  				  				
	  	 	 	 	 				  				  				
Outstanding at December 31, 2010	  	 	744,523	  	 	 	23.68	  	  				  				
Exercised	  	 	(26,478	) 	 	 	22.53	  	  				  				
Forfeited or expired	  	 	(239,681	) 	 	 	22.29	  	  				  				
	  	 	 	 	 				  				  				
Outstanding at December 30, 2011	  	 	478,364	  	 	$	24.44	  	  	 	5.9	  	  	$	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Expected to Vest at December 30, 2011	  	 	308,299	  	 	$	23.29	  	  	 	5.3	  	  	$	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Exercisable at December 30, 2011	  	 	251,610	  	 	$	22.56	  	  	 	5.0	  	  	$	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Intrinsic value is calculated for in-the-money options (exercise price less than market price) outstanding and/or exercisable as the difference between the market price of the Company’s common shares as of December 30, 2011 ($22.10) and the weighted average exercise price of the underlying stock options, multiplied by the number of options outstanding and/or exercisable. As of December 30, 2011, $2.7 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2 years. Shares are distributed from the Company’s authorized but unissued reserve upon the exercise of stock options or treasury stock if available. The Company does not intend to purchase treasury shares to fund the future exercises of stock options.
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options are credited to common stock at par value and the excess is credited to additional paid-in capital. A portion of the options outstanding qualify as incentive stock options (“ISO”) for income tax purposes. As such, a tax benefit is not recorded at the time the compensation cost related to the stock options is recorded for book purposes due to the fact that an ISO does not ordinarily result in a tax benefit unless there is a disqualifying disposition. Stock option grants of non-qualified stock options result in the creation of a deferred tax asset, which is a temporary difference, until the time that the option is exercised.
 
- 98 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table provides certain information relating to the exercise of stock options (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	 	December 31,
2010	 	 	January 1,
2010	 	
Intrinsic value	  	$	501	  	 	$	112	  	 	$	80	  	
Cash received	  	 	2,401	  	 	 	659	  	 	 	212	  	
Tax (expense) benefit realized	  	 	(146	) 	 	 	(41	) 	 	 	24	  	
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
Time-vested restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards granted typically vest 50% on the second fiscal year-end from the date of the award and 25% on the third and fourth fiscal year-ends from the date of the award. The fair value of time-based as well as nonmarket-based performance restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards is equal to the fair value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. The following table summarizes time-vested restricted stock and unit activity:

 	  	Time-Vested
Activity	 	 	Weighted
Average
Fair Value	 	
Nonvested at January 2, 2009	  	 	183,765	  	 	$	22.84	  	
Granted	  	 	100,358	  	 	 	26.17	  	
Vested	  	 	(104,412	) 	 	 	23.79	  	
Forfeited	  	 	(18,713	) 	 	 	23.49	  	
	  	 	 	 	 				
Nonvested at January 1, 2010	  	 	160,998	  	 	 	24.22	  	
			
Granted	  	 	124,747	  	 	 	21.11	  	
Vested	  	 	(147,434	) 	 	 	23.05	  	
Forfeited	  	 	(14,925	) 	 	 	23.45	  	
	  	 	 	 	 				
Nonvested at December 31, 2010	  	 	123,386	  	 	 	22.57	  	
			
Granted	  	 	31,625	  	 	 	23.49	  	
Vested	  	 	(80,825	) 	 	 	22.80	  	
Forfeited	  	 	(4,244	) 	 	 	22.98	  	
	  	 	 	 	 				
Nonvested at December 30, 2011	  	 	69,942	  	 	$	22.69	  	
	  	 	 	 	 				
Performance-vested restricted stock granted prior to 2010 vests upon the achievement of certain annual diluted EPS targets by the Company, or the seventh anniversary date of the award.
The performance-based restricted stock units granted in 2010 and 2011 only vest if certain market-based performance metrics are achieved. The amount of shares that ultimately vest range from 0 shares to 513,243 shares based upon the total shareholder return of the Company relative to the Company’s compensation peer group over a three year performance period beginning in the year of grant. The fair value of the restricted stock units was determined by utilizing a Monte Carlo simulation model, which projects the value of Greatbatch stock versus the peer group under
 
- 99 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

numerous scenarios and determines the value of the award based upon the present value of these projected outcomes. The following table summarizes performance-vested restricted stock and stock unit activity related to the Company’s plans:

 	  	Performance-
Vested
Activity	 	 	Weighted
Average
Fair Value	 	
Nonvested at January 2, 2009	  	 	24,000	  	 	$	23.07	  	
	  	 	 	 	 				
Nonvested at January 1, 2010	  	 	24,000	  	 	 	23.07	  	
			
Granted	  	 	289,654	  	 	 	14.43	  	
Vested	  	 	(21,558	) 	 	 	15.12	  	
Forfeited	  	 	(8,299	) 	 	 	14.56	  	
	  	 	 	 	 				
Nonvested at December 31, 2010	  	 	283,797	  	 	 	15.10	  	
			
Granted	  	 	279,415	  	 	 	18.21	  	
Vested	  	 	(6,600	) 	 	 	17.94	  	
Forfeited	  	 	(26,869	) 	 	 	15.85	  	
	  	 	 	 	 				
Nonvested at December 30, 2011	  	 	529,743	  	 	$	16.68	  	
	  	 	 	 	 				
The realized tax benefit (expense) from the vesting of restricted stock and restricted stock units was $0.008 million, $0.01 million and ($0.1 million) for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. As of December 30, 2011, there was $ 6.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to the restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2 years. The fair value of shares vested in 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $1.9 million, $4.1 million and $2.0 million, respectively.
 
11.	 	RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND ENGINEERING COSTS, NET	
Research, Development and Engineering Costs, Net are comprised of the following (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	 	December 31,
2010	 	 	January 1,
2010	 	
Research and development costs	  	$	19,014	  	 	$	17,378	  	 	$	17,707	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Engineering costs	  	 	35,472	  	 	 	34,208	  	 	 	26,438	  	
Less: cost reimbursements	  	 	(8,973	) 	 	 	(6,567	) 	 	 	(10,583	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Engineering costs, net	  	 	26,499	  	 	 	27,641	  	 	 	15,855	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total research, development and engineering costs, net	  	$	45,513	  	 	$	45,019	  	 	$	33,562	  	

- 100 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

12.	 	OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES, NET	
Other Operating Expenses, Net is comprised of the following (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	  	December 31,
2010	 	  	January 1,
2010	 	
Orthopaedic facility optimization (a)	  	$	425	  	  	$	225	  	  	$	—  	  	
2007 & 2008 facility shutdowns and consolidations (b)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1,348	  	  	 	7,069	  	
Integration costs (c)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	42	  	  	 	3,077	  	
Asset dispositions, severance and other (d)	  	 	168	  	  	 	2,943	  	  	 	948	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
	  	$	593	  	  	$	4,558	  	  	$	11,094	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
(a) Orthopaedic facility optimization. In 2010, the Company began updating its Indianapolis, IN facility to streamline operations, consolidate two buildings, increase capacity, further expand capabilities and reduce dependence on outside suppliers. This initiative was completed in 2011.
In 2011, the Company began construction on an 80,000 square foot manufacturing facility in Allen County, IN and will transfer the manufacturing operations currently being performed at its Columbia City, IN location into this new facility. This facility is expected to be completed by mid-2012.
In 2011, the Company also initiated a multi-faceted plan to further enhance, optimize and leverage the Company’s Orthopaedics manufacturing infrastructure. This plan includes the opening of two Orthopaedic design centers, transferring production of certain Orthopaedic product lines to other lower cost manufacturing facilities and the consolidation of the Company’s Orthopaedic operations in Switzerland into a new facility. These initiatives are expected to be completed over the next two to three years.
The total capital investment expected to be incurred for these initiatives is between $50 million and $60 million, of which $13 million has been incurred. Total expense expected to be incurred for these initiatives is between $10 million and $15 million, of which $1 million has been incurred. All expenses will be recorded within the Greatbatch Medical segment and are expected to include the following:
 
 	•	 	Severance and retention—$2 million—$3 million;	
 
 	•	 	Production inefficiencies, moving and revalidation—$2 million — $3 million;	
 
 	•	 	Accelerated depreciation and asset write-offs—$2 million—$4 million;	
 
 	•	 	Personnel—$3 million—$4 million; and	
 
 	•	 	Other—$1 million.	
Ultimately these updates will further reduce lead times, improve quality and allow the Company to better meet the needs of its customers. All expenses are cash expenditures, except accelerated depreciation and asset write-offs.
 
- 101 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The change in accrued liabilities related to the Orthopaedic facility optimizations is as follows (in thousands):

 	  	Severance
and
Retention	 	  	Production
Inefficiencies,
Moving and
Revalidation	 	 	Accelerated
Depreciation/Asset
Write-offs	 	 	Other	 	 	Total	 	
At December 31, 2010	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	—  	  	
Restructuring charges	  	 	—  	  	  	 	397	  	 	 	18	  	 	 	10	  	 	 	425	  	
Write-offs	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(18	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(18	) 	
Cash payments	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(397	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(10	) 	 	 	(407	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
At December 30, 2011	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(b) 2007 & 2008 facility shutdowns and consolidations. From 2007 to 2010, the Company completed the following facility shutdowns and consolidation initiatives:
 
 	•	 	Consolidated its Electrochem manufacturing facilities in Canton, MA, Teterboro, NJ and Suzhou, China, into a newly constructed facility in Raynham, MA;	
 
 	•	 	Consolidated its corporate offices in Clarence, NY into its technology center also in Clarence, NY;	
 
 	•	 	Reorganized and consolidated various general and administrative and research and development functions throughout the organization in order to optimize those resources;	
 
 	•	 	Consolidated its Orchard Park, NY (Electrochem manufacturing), Exton, PA (Orthopaedic corporate office) and Saignelegier, Switzerland (Orthopaedic manufacturing) facilities into existing facilities that had excess capacity; and	
 
 	•	 	Consolidated its manufacturing operations in Blaine, MN into its Plymouth, MN facility.	
The total expenses incurred for these facility shutdowns and consolidations was $17.3 million and included the following:
 
 	•	 	Severance and retention—$4.4 million;	
 
 	•	 	Production inefficiencies, moving and revalidation—$5.2 million;	
 
 	•	 	Accelerated depreciation and asset write-offs—$5.3 million;	
 
 	•	 	Personnel—$0.7 million; and	
 
 	•	 	Other—$1.7 million.	
All categories of costs are considered to be cash expenditures, except accelerated depreciation and asset write-offs. For 2010, costs relating to these initiatives of $0.3 million and $1.0 million were included in the Greatbatch Medical and Electrochem business segments, respectively. For 2009, costs relating to these initiatives of $1.6 million and $5.5 million were included in the Greatbatch Medical and Electrochem business segments, respectively.
As a result of these consolidation initiatives, two Greatbatch Medical facilities and one Electrochem facility were classified as assets held for sale. One Greatbatch Medical and one Electrochem facility were sold in 2010, which resulted in net cash proceeds of $2.4 million. The remaining Greatbatch Medical facility, which had a fair value of $1.9 million, was reclassified to Property, Plant and Equipment, Net in 2010 as management decided to utilize this facility for future operations. For 2010 and 2009 write-downs of $1.0 million and $0.3 million, respectively, were recorded relating to these facilities and were included in Other Operating Expenses, Net.
 
- 102 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(c) Integration costs. During 2010 and 2009, the Company incurred costs related to the integration of the companies acquired in 2007 and 2008. The integration initiatives include the implementation of the Oracle ERP system, training and compliance with Company policies, as well as the implementation of lean manufacturing and six sigma initiatives. These expenses were primarily for consultants, relocation and travel costs.
(d) Asset dispositions, severance and other . During 2011, 2010, and 2009, the Company recorded (gains) write-downs in connection with various asset disposals, net of insurance proceeds received, if any. Additionally, during 2011 the Company incurred $0.6 million of acquisition related costs in connection with its purchase of Micro Power. During 2010, we realigned resources within Greatbatch Medical, which included the elimination of certain positions globally. Severance charges associated with this realignment were $2.3 million. A significant portion of the annual savings as a result of this initiative was reinvested into research and development activities with higher growth opportunities, including further investment in the Company’s systems and device projects. During 2009, the Company incurred approximately $0.6 million in severance charges in connection with various workforce reductions.
 
13.	 	INCOME TAXES	
The U.S. and international components of income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	  	December 31,
2010	 	  	January 1,
2010	 	
U.S.	  	$	43,610	  	  	$	46,217	  	  	$	(15,285	) 	
International	  	 	4,782	  	  	 	3,108	  	  	 	(2,892	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
	  	$	48,392	  	  	$	49,325	  	  	$	(18,177	) 	

- 103 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The provision (benefit) for income taxes was comprised of the following (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	 	December 31,
2010	 	 	January 1,
2010	 	
Current:	  				 				 				
Federal	  	$	5,150	  	 	$	(671	) 	 	$	827	  	
State	  	 	(40	) 	 	 	179	  	 	 	(177	) 	
International	  	 	1,384	  	 	 	1,260	  	 	 	294	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
	  	 	6,494	  	 	 	768	  	 	 	944	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred:	  				 				 				
Federal	  	 	8,028	  	 	 	15,409	  	 	 	(9,256	) 	
State	  	 	599	  	 	 	300	  	 	 	(153	) 	
International	  	 	149	  	 	 	(290	) 	 	 	(711	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
	  	 	8,776	  	 	 	15,419	  	 	 	(10,120	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
	  	$	15,270	  	 	$	16,187	  	 	$	(9,176	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The provision (benefit) for income taxes differs from the U.S. statutory rate due to the following:

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	 	December 31,
2010	 	 	January 1,
2010	 	
Statutory rate	  	 	35.0	% 	 	 	35.0	% 	 	 	(35.0	)% 	
Federal tax credits	  	 	(3.7	) 	 	 	(2.6	) 	 	 	(5.5	) 	
Foreign rate differential	  	 	0.3	  	 	 	(0.8	) 	 	 	1.9	  	
Uncertain tax positions	  	 	(1.3	) 	 	 	(1.3	) 	 	 	(7.8	) 	
State taxes, net of federal benefit	  	 	0.3	  	 	 	(0.3	) 	 	 	(1.2	) 	
Valuation allowance	  	 	0.1	  	 	 	1.7	  	 	 	(0.1	) 	
Other	  	 	0.9	  	 	 	1.1	  	 	 	(2.8	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effective tax rate	  	 	31.6	% 	 	 	32.8	% 	 	 	(50.5	)% 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
In its budget submission to Congress in February 2012, the Obama administration proposed changes to the manner in which the U.S. would tax the international income of U.S. based companies. While it is uncertain how the U.S. Congress will address U.S. tax policy in the future, reform of U.S. taxation, including taxation of international income, continues to be a topic of discussion for Congress. A significant change to the U.S. tax system, including changes to the taxation of international income, could have a material effect on the Company’s effective tax rate.
 
- 104 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Deferred tax assets (liabilities) consist of the following (in thousands):

 	  	At	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	 	December 31,
2010	 	
Tax credits	  	$	7,362	  	 	$	5,896	  	
Net operating loss carryforwards	  	 	11,106	  	 	 	4,617	  	
Inventories	  	 	4,441	  	 	 	4,575	  	
Accrued expenses	  	 	2,961	  	 	 	2,563	  	
Stock-based compensation	  	 	6,378	  	 	 	5,358	  	
Other	  	 	1,052	  	 	 	507	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross deferred tax assets	  	 	33,300	  	 	 	23,516	  	
Less valuation allowance	  	 	(7,775	) 	 	 	(6,482	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net deferred tax assets	  	 	25,525	  	 	 	17,034	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Property, plant and equipment	  	 	(2,572	) 	 	 	(713	) 	
Intangible assets	  	 	(54,874	) 	 	 	(40,082	) 	
Convertible subordinated notes	  	 	(33,849	) 	 	 	(31,218	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross deferred tax liabilities	  	 	(91,295	) 	 	 	(72,013	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net deferred tax liability	  	$	(65,770	) 	 	$	(54,979	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Presented as follows:	  				 				
Current deferred tax asset	  	$	7,828	  	 	$	7,398	  	
Current deferred tax liability	  	 	(845	) 	 	 	(514	) 	
Noncurrent deferred tax asset	  	 	2,450	  	 	 	2,427	  	
Noncurrent deferred tax liability	  	 	(75,203	) 	 	 	(64,290	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
	  	$	(65,770	) 	 	$	(54,979	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
As of December 30, 2011, the Company has the following carryforwards available:

Jurisdiction	  	Tax
Attribute	  	Amount
(in millions)	 	 	Begin to
Expire	 	
U.S.	  	Net Operating Loss	  	$	19.2	(1)  	 	 	2025	  	
Switzerland	  	Net Operating Loss	  	 	12.3	(1)  	 	 	2012	  	
State	  	Net Operating Loss	  	 	29.1	(1)  	 	 	Various	  	
U.S. and State	  	R&D Credit	  	 	1.9	(1)  	 	 	Various	  	
State	  	Investment Tax Credit	  	 	5.3	  	 	 	Various	  	
 
(1)	These tax attributes were acquired primarily as part of the Micro Power acquisition in 2011 and Precimed acquisition in 2008. The utilization of certain net operating losses and credits is subject to an annual limitation under Internal Revenue Code Section 382.	
 
- 105 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Certain federal tax credits reported on filed income tax returns included uncertain tax positions taken in prior years. Due to the application of the accounting for uncertain tax positions, the actual tax attributes are larger than the tax credits for which a deferred tax asset is recognized for financial statement purposes.
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers, within each taxing jurisdiction, whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based on the consideration of the weight of both positive and negative evidence, management has determined that a portion of the deferred tax assets as of December 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 related to certain state investment tax credits and net operating losses will not be realized.
The Company files annual income tax returns in the U.S., various state and local jurisdictions, and in various foreign jurisdictions. A number of years may elapse before an uncertain tax position, for which the Company has unrecognized tax benefits, is examined and finally settled. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome or the timing of resolution of any particular uncertain tax position, the Company believes that its unrecognized tax benefits reflect the most probable outcome. The Company adjusts these unrecognized tax benefits, as well as the related interest, in light of changing facts and circumstances. The resolution of a matter could be recognized as an adjustment to the provision for income taxes and the effective tax rate in the period of resolution.
Below is a summary of changes to the unrecognized tax benefit (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	 	December 31,
2010	 	 	January 1,
2010	 	
Balance, beginning of year	  	$	2,756	  	 	$	3,418	  	 	$	5,686	  	
Additions based upon tax positions related to the current year	  	 	300	  	 	 	300	  	 	 	396	  	
Additions recorded as part of business combinations	  	 	260	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Additions (reductions) related to prior period tax positions	  	 	—  	  	 	 	222	  	 	 	(1,185	) 	
Reductions relating to settlements with tax authorities	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(700	) 	
Reductions as a result of a lapse of applicable statute of limitations	  	 	(1,736	) 	 	 	(1,184	) 	 	 	(779	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance, end of year	  	$	1,580	  	 	$	2,756	  	 	$	3,418	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The tax years that remain open and subject to tax audits varies depending on the tax jurisdiction. The consolidated Federal 2009 and 2010 tax returns are currently under audit. The 2008 Federal tax return remains open for examination. The Company is also under audit in France for 2009 and 2010.
 
- 106 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

It is reasonably possible that a reduction of approximately $0.8 million of the balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next 12 months as a result of the lapse of the statute of limitations and potential audit settlements. As of December 30, 2011, approximately $1.5 million of unrecognized tax benefits would favorably impact the effective tax rate (net of federal benefit on state issues), if recognized.
 
14.	 	COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES	
Litigation — The Company is a party to various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. The majority of these claims are employment related matters with former employees of the Company. While the Company does not believe that the ultimate resolution of any individual pending action will have a material effect on its results of operations, financial position, or cash flows, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties. If an unfavorable ruling(s) were to occur, there exists the possibility of a material impact in the period in which the ruling occurs.
Previously reported — in 2002, a former Electrochem customer, Input/Output, Inc., now known as ION Geophysical Corporation (“Input/Output”), commenced an action against the Company. After trial in September 2009, a jury found in favor of Input/Output on fraud, unfair trade practices and breach of contract claims and awarded damages in the amount of $21.7 million. The final judgment in the matter included an award of prejudgment interest bringing the total judgment to approximately $33 million. During 2009, the Company accrued $34.5 million in connection with the Electrochem Litigation. The Company’s post-trial motion for a new trial was denied, and the Company appealed the judgment to the Louisiana Court of Appeal. In December 2010, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with Input/Output. Under terms of this agreement, Input/Output released the Company of any liability in connection with the jury verdict and in return for that release, the Company paid Input/Output $25 million. In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company recognized a gain for the remaining $9.5 million of the previous accrual.
License agreements — The Company is a party to various license agreements for technology that is utilized in certain of its products. The most significant of these agreements are the licenses for basic technology used in the production of wet tantalum capacitors, filtered feedthroughs and MRI compatible lead systems. Expenses related to license agreements were $2.8 million, $2.5 million and $3.3 million, for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and are included in Cost of Sales.
Product Warranties — The Company generally warrants that its products will meet customer specifications and will be free from defects in materials and workmanship. The Company accrues its estimated exposure to warranty claims based upon recent historical experience and other specific information as it becomes available.
 
- 107 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The change in product warranty liability was comprised of the following (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	 	December 31,
2010	 	
Beginning balance	  	$	2,313	  	 	$	1,330	  	
Warranty reserves acquired	  	 	210	  	 	 	—  	  	
Additions to warranty reserve	  	 	375	  	 	 	2,237	  	
Warranty claims paid	  	 	(887	) 	 	 	(1,285	) 	
Foreign currency effect	  	 	2	  	 	 	31	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Ending balance	  	$	2,013	  	 	$	2,313	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating Leases — The Company is a party to various operating lease agreements for buildings, equipment and software. The Company primarily leases buildings, which accounts for the majority of the future lease payments. Lease expense includes the effect of escalation clauses and leasehold improvement incentives which are accounted for ratably over the lease term.
Operating lease expense was as follows (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	  	December 31,
2010	 	  	January 1,
2010	 	
Operating lease expense	  	$	2,704	  	  	$	3,114	  	  	$	3,443	  	
Minimum future estimated annual operating lease expense are as follows (in thousands):

2012	  	$	3,347	  	
2013	  	 	2,832	  	
2014	  	 	2,849	  	
2015	  	 	2,466	  	
2016	  	 	2,305	  	
Thereafter	  	 	2,895	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Total estimated operating lease expense	  	$	16,694	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Self-Insured Medical Plan — Beginning in 2010, the Company began self-funding the medical insurance coverage provided to its U.S. based employees. The risk to the Company is being limited through the use of stop loss insurance, which has an annual deductible of $0.2 million per covered participant. The maximum aggregate loss (the sum of all claims under the $0.2 million deductible) is limited to $14.2 million with a maximum benefit of $1.0 million. As of December 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had $1.6 million and $2.1 million accrued, related to the self-insurance of its medical plan, respectively. This accrual is recorded in Accrued Expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, and is primarily based upon claim history. For 2012, the maximum aggregate loss limit was lowered to $13.5 million.
 
- 108 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Purchase Commitments — Contractual obligations for purchase of goods or services are defined as agreements that are enforceable and legally binding on the Company and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Our purchase orders are normally based on our current capital and manufacturing needs and are fulfilled by our vendors within short time horizons. We enter into blanket orders with vendors that have preferred pricing and terms, however these orders are normally cancelable by us without penalty. As of December 30, 2011, the total contractual obligation related to such expenditures is approximately $31.6 million and will primarily be financed by existing cash and cash equivalents, cash generated from operations, or the 2011 Credit Facility over the next twelve months. We also enter into contracts for outsourced services; however, the obligations under these contracts were not significant and the contracts generally contain clauses allowing for cancellation without significant penalty.
Foreign Currency Contracts — The Company has entered into forward contracts to purchase Mexican pesos in order to hedge the risk of peso-denominated payments associated with the operations at its Tijuana, Mexico facility.
Reduction in Cost of Sales related to the Company’s forward contracts are as follows (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	  	December 31,
2010	 	  	January 1,
2010	 	
Reduction in Cost of Sales	  	$	556	  	  	$	483	  	  	$	559	  	
Ineffective portion of change in fair value	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Information regarding the Company’s outstanding foreign currency contracts as of December 30, 2011 is as follows (dollars in thousands):

Instrument	  	Type of
Hedge	  	Aggregate
Notional
Amount	 	  	Start
Date	 	  	End
Date	 	  	Pesos/$	 	  	Fair
Value	 	 	Balance Sheet
Location	
FX Contract	  	Cash flow	  	$	6,000	  	  	 	Jan-12	  	  	 	Dec-12	  	  	 	13.0354	  	  	$	(486	) 	 	Accrued Exp	
FX Contract	  	Cash flow	  	$	4,200	  	  	 	Jan-12	  	  	 	Dec-12	  	  	 	14.0287	  	  	 	(52	) 	 	Accrued Exp	
	  		  				  				  				  				  	 	 	 	 		
	  		  				  				  				  				  	$	(538	) 	 		
	  		  				  				  				  				  	 	 	 	 		
Workers’ Compensation Trust — The Company was a member of a group self-insurance trust that provided workers’ compensation benefits to employees of the Company in Western New York (the “Trust”). Under the Trust agreement, each participating organization has joint and several liability for Trust obligations if the assets of the Trust are not sufficient to cover those obligations. During 2011, the Company was notified by the Trust of its intentions to cease operations at the end of 2011 and was assessed $0.6 million as an estimate of its pro-rata share of future costs related to the Trust. This amount was accrued and paid in 2011. Based on actual experience, the Company could receive a refund or be assessed additional contributions for workers’ compensation claims. Beginning in 2012, the Company will utilize traditional insurance to provide workers’ compensation benefits.
 
- 109 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

15.	 	EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE	
The following table illustrates the calculation of Basic and Diluted EPS (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	  	December 31,
2010	 	  	January 1,
2010	 	
Numerator for basic EPS:	  				  				  				
Net income (loss)	  	$	33,122	  	  	$	33,138	  	  	$	(9,001	) 	
Effect of dilutive securities:	  				  				  				
Interest expense and deferred financing fees on convertible notes, net of tax	  	 	—  	  	  	 	241	  	  	 	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Numerator for diluted EPS	  	$	33,122	  	  	$	33,379	  	  	$	(9,001	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Denominator for basic EPS:	  				  				  				
Weighted average shares outstanding	  	 	23,258	  	  	 	23,070	  	  	 	22,926	  	
Effect of dilutive securities:	  				  				  				
Convertible notes	  	 	—  	  	  	 	347	  	  	 	—  	  	
Stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units	  	 	378	  	  	 	385	  	  	 	—  	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Denominator for diluted EPS	  	 	23,636	  	  	 	23,802	  	  	 	22,926	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Basic EPS	  	$	1.42	  	  	$	1.44	  	  	$	(0.39	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Diluted EPS	  	$	1.40	  	  	$	1.40	  	  	$	(0.39	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The diluted weighted average share calculations do not include the following securities, which are not dilutive to the EPS calculations or the performance criteria have not been met:

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	  	December 31,
2010	 	  	January 1,
2010	 	
Time-vested stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units	  	 	909,000	  	  	 	1,061,000	  	  	 	1,523,000	  	
Performance-vested stock options and restricted stock units	  	 	649,000	  	  	 	609,000	  	  	 	1,026,000	  	
Convertible notes	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	756,000	  	
 
- 110 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

16.	 	ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME	
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income is comprised of the following (in thousands):

 	  	Defined
Benefit
Plan
Liability	 	 	Cash
Flow
Hedges	 	 	Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment	 	 	Total
Pre-Tax
Amount	 	 	Tax	 	  	Net-of-Tax
Amount	 	
At December 31, 2010	  	$	(2,014	) 	 	$	(121	) 	 	$	12,230	  	 	$	10,095	  	 	$	375	  	  	$	10,470	  	
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(303	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(303	) 	 	 	106	  	  	 	(197	) 	
Realized gain on cash flow hedges	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(114	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(114	) 	 	 	40	  	  	 	(74	) 	
Net defined benefit plan liability adjustments	  	 	(646	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(646	) 	 	 	80	  	  	 	(566	) 	
Foreign currency translation gain	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(704	) 	 	 	(704	) 	 	 	—  	  	  	 	(704	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
At December 30, 2011	  	$	(2,660	) 	 	$	(538	) 	 	$	11,526	  	 	$	8,328	  	 	$	601	  	  	$	8,929	  	

17.	 	FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS	
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Fair value measurement standards apply to certain financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis (each reporting period). For the Company, these financial assets and liabilities include its derivative instruments. The Company does not have any nonfinancial assets or liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. A summary of the valuation methodologies for assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis is as follows:
Foreign currency contracts —The fair value of foreign currency contracts outstanding at December 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were determined through the use of cash flow models that utilize observable market data inputs to estimate fair value. These observable market data inputs include spot and forward foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and credit spread curves. In addition to the above, the Company received fair value estimates from the foreign currency contract counterparty to verify the reasonableness of the Company’s estimates. These fair value calculations are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Interest rate swap —The fair value of the Company’s interest rate swap outstanding at December 31, 2010 was determined through the use of a cash flow model that utilizes observable market data inputs. These observable market data inputs include LIBOR, swap rates, and credit spread curves. In addition to the above, the Company received a fair value estimate from the interest rate swap counterparty to verify the reasonableness of the Company’s estimate. This fair value calculation was categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
 
- 111 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following tables provide information regarding assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):

   	  	Fair Value Measurements Using	 	
Description	  	At
December 30,
2011	 	  	Quoted
Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)	 	  	Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)	 	  	Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)	 	
Liabilities	  				  				  				  				
Foreign currency contracts (Note 14)	  	$	538	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	538	  	  	$	—  	  	

 	  	Fair Value Measurements Using	 	
Description	  	At
December 31,
2010	 	  	Quoted
Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)	 	  	Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)	 	  	Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)	 	
Assets	  				  				  				  				
Foreign currency contracts	  	$	315	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	315	  	  	$	—  	  	
					
Liabilities	  				  				  				  				
Interest rate swap	  	$	436	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	436	  	  	$	—  	  	
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
Fair value standards also apply to certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. For example, certain long-lived assets such as goodwill, intangible assets, cost method investments and property, plant and equipment are measured at fair value when an impairment is recognized and the related assets are written down to fair value. A summary of the valuation methodologies for assets and liabilities measured on a nonrecurring basis is as follows:
Cost method investment —The Company holds investments in equity securities that are accounted for as cost method investments, which are classified as Other Long-Term Assets, and are measured at fair value only if certain events or circumstances occur that have a significant effect on the fair value of the investment. The aggregate recorded amount of cost method investments at December 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was $5.7 million and $11.8 million, respectively. During 2011 and 2010, the Company recognized impairment charges related to its cost method investments of $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The fair value of these investments was determined by reference to recent sales data of similar shares to independent parties in an inactive market. This fair value calculation was categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
 
- 112 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

On January 5, 2011, the Company sold its cost method investment in IntElect Medical, Inc. (“IntElect”) in conjunction with Boston Scientific’s acquisition of IntElect. This transaction resulted in a pre-tax gain of $4.5 million.
Property, plant and equipment, net —During 2010, one Greatbatch Medical facility, which was previously classified as an asset held for sale, was reclassified to Property, Plant and Equipment, Net as management decided to utilize this facility for future operations. This building was recorded at fair value at the date of reclassification and is now being amortized on a straight-line basis over its remaining estimated useful life. The fair value was determined by reference to recent sales data for comparable facilities. This fair value calculation was categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
The following table provides information regarding assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. There were no such assets or liabilities as of December 30, 2011 (in thousands):

 	  	Fair Value Measurements Using	 	
Description	  	At
December 31,
2010	 	  	Quoted
Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)	 	  	Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)	 	  	Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)	 	
Assets	  				  				  				  				
Property, plant and equipment, net (Note 12)	  	$	1,908	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	1,908	  	  	$	—  	  	
Cost method investment	  	 	317	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	317	  	  	 	—  	  	
Fair Value of Other Financial Instruments
Convertible subordinated notes —The fair value of the Company’s convertible subordinated notes disclosed in Note 8 “Debt” was determined based upon recent third-party transactions for the Company’s notes in an inactive market. The Company’s convertible subordinated notes are valued for disclosure purposes utilizing Level 2 measurements of the fair value hierarchy.
Pension plan assets —The fair value of the Company’s pension plan assets disclosed in Note 9 “Employee Benefit Plans” are determined based upon quoted market prices in active markets, quoted market prices in inactive markets or multidimensional relational models with observable market data inputs to estimate fair value. These observable market data inputs include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data. The Company’s pension plan assets are categorized in Level 1 or Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
 
- 113 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

18.	 	STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN	
On March 1, 2002, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a stockholder rights plan and declared a dividend distribution of one preferred stock purchase right for each outstanding share of common stock. The dividend was paid to stockholders as of April 30, 2002. Each right, once exercisable, entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one one-hundredth of a share of preferred stock of the Company.
Under the rights plan, the rights initially trade together with the common stock and are not exercisable. In the absence of further action by the Board of Directors, the rights will become exercisable if a person or group acquires 15 percent or more of the outstanding shares of common stock or a person or group announces its intent to commence a tender or exchange offer without the prior approval of the Board of Directors.
The rights plan includes an exchange option. In general, after the rights become exercisable, the Board of Directors may, at its option, affect an exchange of part or all of the rights at a ratio of one share of Common Stock for each right, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances. The rights are also redeemable at any time prior to the time they become exercisable for $0.001 per right, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances.
Unless earlier amended, redeemed or exchanged, the rights will expire on March 18, 2012. The issuance of the rights was not a taxable event, does not affect our reported financial condition or results of operations, including our EPS, and does not change the manner in which our common stock is traded.
 
19.	 	BUSINESS SEGMENT, GEOGRAPHIC AND CONCENTRATION RISK INFORMATION	
The Company operates its business in two reportable segments—Greatbatch Medical and Electrochem Solutions (“Electrochem”). The Greatbatch Medical segment designs and manufactures medical devices and components primarily for the CRM, Neuromodulation, Vascular Access and Orthopaedic markets. Additionally, Greatbatch Medical offers value-added assembly and design engineering services for products that incorporate Greatbatch Medical components. As a result of the strategy put in place over three years ago, Greatbatch Medical now offers its customers complete medical devices including design, development, manufacturing, regulatory submission and supporting worldwide distribution. This medical device strategy is being facilitated through the Company’s QiG Group and leverages the component technology of Greatbatch Medical and Electrochem in the Company’s core markets: Cardiovascular, Neuromodulation and Orthopaedic. Once the QiG Group designs and develops a medical device, it is manufactured by Greatbatch Medical. The operating expenses (RD&E, SG&A) of the QiG Group are included within the Greatbatch Medical segment.
Electrochem designs, manufactures and distributes primary and rechargeable batteries, battery packs and wireless sensors for demanding applications in markets such as energy, security, portable medical, environmental monitoring and more.
 
- 114 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company defines segment income from operations as sales less cost of sales including amortization and expenses attributable to segment-specific SG&A, RD&E expenses, and other operating expenses. Segment income also includes a portion of non-segment specific SG&A expenses based on allocations appropriate to the expense categories. The remaining unallocated operating and other expenses are primarily administrative corporate headquarters expenses and capital costs that are not allocated to reportable segments. Transactions between the two segments are not significant.
Significant charges (gains) included in the Company’s business segment results are as follows (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	  	December 31,
2010	 	 	January 1,
2010	 	
Greatbatch Medical	  				  				 				
Intangible asset write-down	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	 	$	15,921	  	
Electrochem	  				  				 				
Electrochem Litigation charge (gain)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(9,500	) 	 	 	34,500	  	
An analysis and reconciliation of the Company’s business segment, product line and geographic information to the respective information in the Consolidated Financial Statements follows. Sales by geographic area are presented by allocating sales from external customers based on where the products are shipped to (in thousands):

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	  	December 31,
2010	 	  	January 1,
2010	 	
Sales:	  				  				  				
Greatbatch Medical	  				  				  				
CRM/Neuromodulation	  	$	303,690	  	  	$	303,521	  	  	$	305,354	  	
Vascular Access	  	 	45,098	  	  	 	38,000	  	  	 	35,816	  	
Orthopaedic	  	 	140,277	  	  	 	118,748	  	  	 	113,897	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total Greatbatch Medical	  	 	489,065	  	  	 	460,269	  	  	 	455,067	  	
Electrochem	  	 	79,757	  	  	 	73,156	  	  	 	66,754	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total sales	  	$	568,822	  	  	$	533,425	  	  	$	521,821	  	

- 115 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

													
 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	 	December 31,
2010	 	 	January 1,
2010	 	
Segment income (loss) from operations:	  				 				 				
Greatbatch Medical	  	$	62,461	  	 	$	62,477	  	 	$	46,270	  	
Electrochem	  	 	14,965	  	 	 	22,195	  	 	 	(32,734	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total segment income from operations	  	 	77,426	  	 	 	84,672	  	 	 	13,536	  	
Unallocated operating expenses	  	 	(15,727	) 	 	 	(15,678	) 	 	 	(12,488	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income as reported	  	 	61,699	  	 	 	68,994	  	 	 	1,048	  	
Unallocated other expense	  	 	(13,307	) 	 	 	(19,669	) 	 	 	(19,225	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes as reported	  	$	48,392	  	 	$	49,325	  	 	$	(18,177	) 	

													
 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	  	December 31,
2010	 	  	January 1,
2010	 	
Depreciation and Amortization:	  				  				  				
Greatbatch Medical	  	$	28,571	  	  	$	28,117	  	  	$	29,869	  	
Electrochem	  	 	2,965	  	  	 	2,660	  	  	 	2,860	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total depreciation and amortization included in segment income from operations	  	 	31,536	  	  	 	30,777	  	  	 	32,729	  	
Unallocated depreciation and amortization	  	 	16,159	  	  	 	15,670	  	  	 	14,500	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total depreciation and amortization	  	$	47,695	  	  	$	46,447	  	  	$	47,229	  	

													
 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	  	December 31,
2010	 	  	January 1,
2010	 	
Expenditures for tangible long-lived assets, excluding acquisitions:	  				  				  				
Greatbatch Medical	  	$	22,509	  	  	$	15,088	  	  	$	11,261	  	
Electrochem	  	 	1,072	  	  	 	763	  	  	 	910	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total reportable segments	  	 	23,581	  	  	 	15,851	  	  	 	12,171	  	
Unallocated long-lived tangible assets	  	 	741	  	  	 	1,120	  	  	 	7,040	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total expenditures	  	$	24,322	  	  	$	16,971	  	  	$	19,211	  	

- 116 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

									
 	  	At	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	  	December 31,
2010	 	
Identifiable assets, net:	  				  				
Greatbatch Medical	  	$	653,628	  	  	$	641,591	  	
Electrochem	  	 	161,904	  	  	 	71,480	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total reportable segments	  	 	815,532	  	  	 	713,071	  	
Unallocated assets	  	 	65,815	  	  	 	63,905	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total assets	  	$	881,347	  	  	$	776,976	  	

													
 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	  	December 31,
2010	 	  	January 1,
2010	 	
Sales by geographic area:	  				  				  				
United States	  	$	256,987	  	  	$	243,827	  	  	$	245,974	  	
Non-Domestic locations:	  				  				  				
Puerto Rico	  	 	94,059	  	  	 	88,369	  	  	 	76,823	  	
Belgium	  	 	62,978	  	  	 	58,014	  	  	 	29,431	  	
United Kingdom & Ireland	  	 	54,029	  	  	 	56,903	  	  	 	66,255	  	
France	  	 	5,700	  	  	 	6,318	  	  	 	37,373	  	
Rest of world	  	 	95,069	  	  	 	79,994	  	  	 	65,965	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total sales	  	$	568,822	  	  	$	533,425	  	  	$	521,821	  	

									
 	  	At	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	  	December 31,
2010	 	
Long-lived tangible assets:	  				  				
United States	  	$	113,693	  	  	$	126,519	  	
Rest of world	  	 	32,113	  	  	 	36,095	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	145,806	  	  	$	162,614	  	

- 117 -

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

A significant portion of the Company’s sales and accounts receivable were to four customers as follows:

 	  	Sales	 	 	Accounts Receivable	 	
 	  	Year Ended	 	 	At	 	
 	  	December 30,
2011	 	 	December 31,
2010	 	 	January 1,
2010	 	 	December 30,
2011	 	 	December 31,
2010	 	
Customer A	  	 	19	% 	 	 	21	% 	 	 	22	% 	 	 	7	% 	 	 	15	% 	
Customer B	  	 	19	% 	 	 	19	% 	 	 	17	% 	 	 	23	% 	 	 	13	% 	
Customer C	  	 	13	% 	 	 	12	% 	 	 	12	% 	 	 	6	% 	 	 	8	% 	
Customer D	  	 	8	% 	 	 	10	% 	 	 	12	% 	 	 	6	% 	 	 	14	% 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
	  	 	59	% 	 	 	62	% 	 	 	63	% 	 	 	42	% 	 	 	50	% 	

20.	 	QUARTERLY SALES AND EARNINGS DATA—UNAUDITED	

 	  	4th Qtr.	 	  	3rd Qtr.	 	  	2nd Qtr.	 	  	1st Qtr.	 	
 	  	(in thousands, except per share data)	 	
2011	  				  				  				  				
Sales	  	$	141,746	  	  	$	131,718	  	  	$	146,524	  	  	$	148,834	  	
Gross profit	  	 	44,672	  	  	 	41,907	  	  	 	46,604	  	  	 	47,170	  	
Net income (1)	  	 	5,639	  	  	 	6,989	  	  	 	8,550	  	  	 	11,944	  	
EPS—basic	  	 	0.24	  	  	 	0.30	  	  	 	0.37	  	  	 	0.51	  	
EPS—diluted	  	 	0.24	  	  	 	0.30	  	  	 	0.36	  	  	 	0.51	  	
					
2010	  				  				  				  				
Sales	  	$	133,111	  	  	$	127,490	  	  	$	140,795	  	  	$	132,029	  	
Gross profit	  	 	44,464	  	  	 	41,994	  	  	 	45,459	  	  	 	41,664	  	
Net income (2)	  	 	13,839	  	  	 	5,964	  	  	 	7,788	  	  	 	5,547	  	
EPS—basic	  	 	0.60	  	  	 	0.26	  	  	 	0.34	  	  	 	0.24	  	
EPS—diluted	  	 	0.59	  	  	 	0.25	  	  	 	0.33	  	  	 	0.24	  	
 
(1)  	Net income in the 2011 first quarter includes the impact of the gain on sale of a cost method investment. See Note 17 “Fair Value Measurements.”	
(2)  	Net income in the 2010 fourth quarter includes the impact of the Electrochem Litigation gain. See Note 14 “Commitments and Contingencies.”	
 
 ITEM 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	
None.
 
- 118 -

Table of Contents

 ITEM 9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting is incorporated by reference into this Item 9A from the report appearing at Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
a. Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures .
Our management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, evaluated our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) related to the recording, processing, summarization and reporting of information in our reports that we file with the SEC as of December 30, 2011. These disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to provide reasonable assurance that material information relating to us, including our subsidiaries, is made known to our management, including these officers, by our employees, and that this information is recorded, processed, summarized, evaluated and reported, as applicable, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Based on their evaluation, as of December 30, 2011, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective.
b. Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting .
We acquired the following subsidiary during 2011:
 
 	•	 	Micro Power Electronics, Inc.	
We believe that the internal controls and procedures of the above mentioned subsidiary are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting. We are currently in the process of incorporating the internal controls and procedures of this subsidiary into our internal controls over financial reporting.
The Company has begun to extend its Section 404 compliance program under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Act”) and the applicable rules and regulations under such Act to include this subsidiary. However, the Company has excluded the subsidiary listed above from Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2011, as permitted by the guidance issued by the Office of the Chief Accountant of the Securities and Exchange Commission. This subsidiary represented approximately 15% and 10% of net and total assets, respectively, and 0.4% of revenues of the consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 30, 2011. The Company will report on its assessment of the internal controls of its combined operations within the time period provided by the Act and the applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations concerning business combinations.
Other than as described above, there were no other changes in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting during our last fiscal quarter to which this Annual Report on Form 10-K relates that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, internal control over financial reporting, other than the above mentioned acquisition.
 
- 119 -

Table of Contents

 ITEM 9B.	OTHER INFORMATION	
None.
 PART III
 
 ITEM 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	
Information on the Registrant’s directors is incorporated by reference to the caption “Election of Directors” contained in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
Information on the Company’s executive officers is presented under the caption “Executive Officers of the Company” contained in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The other information required by Item 10 is incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
 
 ITEM 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	
Information regarding executive compensation in the Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.
 
 ITEM 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	
Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and related stockholder matters in the Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.
 
 ITEM 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	
Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence in the Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.
 
 ITEM 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES	
Information regarding the fees paid to and services provided by Deloitte & Touche LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, in the Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual  Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.
 PART IV
 
 ITEM 15.	EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES	
 
(a)	LIST OF DOCUMENTS FILED AS PART OF THIS REPORT	
 
 	(1)	Financial statements and financial statement schedules filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See Part II, Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”	
 
- 120 -

Table of Contents

 	(2)	The following financial statement schedule is included in this report on Form 10-K (in thousands):	
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 	  	 	 	  	Col. C - Additions	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Col. A
Description	  	Col. B
Balance at
Beginning
of Period	 	  	Charged to
Costs &
Expenses	 	 	Charged to
Other
Accounts -
Describe	 	 	Col. D
Deductions -
Describe	 	 	Col. E
Balance at
End
of Period	 	
December 30, 2011	  				  				 				 				 				
Allowance for doubtful accounts	  	$	1,830	  	  	$	288	  	 	$	170	(3)(4)  	 	$	(358	) (2)  	 	$	1,930	  	
Valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets	  	$	6,482	  	  	$	702	(1)  	 	$	591	(3)(4)  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	7,775	  	
						
December 31, 2010	  				  				 				 				 				
Allowance for doubtful accounts	  	$	2,452	  	  	$	(64	)  	 	$	35	(4)  	 	$	(593	) (2)  	 	$	1,830	  	
Valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets	  	$	5,656	  	  	$	761	(1)  	 	$	65	(4)  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	6,482	  	
						
January 1, 2010	  				  				 				 				 				
Allowance for doubtful accounts	  	$	1,603	  	  	$	961	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	(112	) (2)  	 	$	2,452	  	
Valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets	  	$	4,485	  	  	$	1,171	(1)  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	5,656	  	
 
(1)	Valuation allowance recorded in the provision for income taxes for certain net operating losses and tax credits.	
(2)	Accounts written off, net of collections on accounts receivable previously written off.	
(3)	Balances recorded as a part of our 2011 acquisition of Micro Power Electronics, Inc.	
(4)	Includes foreign currency translation effect.	
Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
 
 	(3)	Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K. The exhibits listed on the Exhibit Index of this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been previously filed, are filed herewith or are incorporated herein by reference to other filings.	
 
- 121 -

Table of Contents
 SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

				
Dated: February 28, 2012	 		 	By	 	/s/    Thomas J. Hook	
	 		 		 	Thomas J. Hook (Principal Executive Officer)	
	 		 		 	President & Chief Executive Officer	
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Signature	  	Title	 	Date	
			
/s/ Thomas J. Hook	  	President & Chief Executive Officer & Director	 	February 28, 2012	
Thomas J. Hook	  		 		
			
/s/ Thomas J. Mazza	  	Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)	 	February 28, 2012	
Thomas J. Mazza	  		 		
			
/s/ Marco F. Benedetti	  	Corporate Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)	 	February 28, 2012	
Marco F. Benedetti	  		 		
			
/s/ Bill R. Sanford	  	Chairman	 	February 28, 2012	
Bill R. Sanford	  		 		
			
/s/ Pamela G. Bailey	  	Director	 	February 28, 2012	
Pamela G. Bailey	  		 		
			
/s/ Anthony P. Bihl III	  	Director	 	February 28, 2012	
Anthony P. Bihl III	  		 		
			
/s/ Michael Dinkins	  	Director	 	February 28, 2012	
Michael Dinkins	  		 		
			
/s/ Kevin C. Melia	  	Director	 	February 28, 2012	
Kevin C. Melia	  		 		
			
/s/ Dr. Joseph A. Miller, Jr.	  	Director	 	February 28, 2012	
Dr. Joseph A. Miller, Jr.	  		 		
			
/s/ Peter H. Soderberg	  	Director	 	February 28, 2012	
Peter H. Soderberg	  		 		
 
- 122 -

Table of Contents

					
Signature	  	Title	 	Date	
			
/s/ William B. Summers, Jr.	  	Director	 	February 28, 2012	
William B. Summers, Jr.	  		 		
			
/s/ Dr. Helena S. Wisniewski	  	Director	 	February 28, 2012	
Dr. Helena S Wisniewski	  		 		
 
- 123 -

Table of Contents
EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBIT
NUMBER	  	DESCRIPTION	
		
3.1	  	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 27, 2008).	
		
3.2	  	Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to our annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended January 1, 2010).	
		
4.1	  	Indenture for 2  1 / 4 % Convertible Subordinated Debentures Due 2013 dated as of March 28, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 29, 2007).	
		
4.2	  	First Supplemental Indenture dated April 2, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 4, 2007).	
		
4.3	  	Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 28, 2007 by and among us and the initial purchasers of the Debentures described above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 29, 2007).	
		
10.1#	  	1998 Stock Option Plan (including form of “standard” option agreement, form of “special” option agreement and form of “non-standard” option agreement) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-37554)).	
		
10.2#	  	Non-Employee Director Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14-A filed on April 22, 2002).	
		
10.3#	  	Greatbatch, Inc. Executive Short Term Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 20, 2007).	
		
10.4#	  	2002 Restricted Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix B to our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 9, 2003).	
		
10.5	  	License Agreement dated August 8, 1996, between Greatbatch Ltd. and Evans Capacitor Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-37554)).	
		
10.6+	  	Amendment No. 2 dated December 6, 2002, between Greatbatch Technologies, Ltd. and Evans Capacitor Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 3, 2003).	
		
10.7#	  	Form of Change of Control Agreement between Greatbatch, Inc. and our executive officers (Thomas J. Hook, Thomas J. Mazza, Mauricio Arellano, Susan M. Bratton, Michelle Graham and Timothy G. McEvoy) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended July 1, 2011).	
 
- 124 -

Table of Contents

			
		
10.8	 	Credit agreement date June 24, 2011 by and among Greatbatch Ltd., the lenders party thereto and Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company, as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, and PNC Bank, N.A. and RBS Citizens, NA, as co-documentation agents (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 29, 2007).	
		
10.9#	 	Employment Agreement dated April 10, 2010 between Greatbatch, Inc. and Thomas J. Hook (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2010).	
		
10.10#	 	2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 20, 2007).	
		
10.11#	 	2009 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 13, 2009).	
		
10.12#*	 	2011 Stock Incentive Plan (as amended December 7, 2011).	
		
10.13#	 	Form of Restricted Stock Award Letter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 30, 2005).	
		
10.14#	 	Form of Incentive Stock Option Award Letter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 30, 2005).	
		
10.15#	 	Form of Nonqualified Option Award Letter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 30, 2005).	
		
10.16#	 	Form of Stock Option Award Letter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 30, 2005).	
		
10.17+	 	Supply Agreement for medical device components dated March 31, 2006, between Greatbatch, Inc. and SORIN/ELA BIOMEDICA CRM and ELA MEDICAL SAS (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2006).	
		
12.1*	 	Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (Unaudited)	
		
21.1*	 	Subsidiaries of Greatbatch, Inc.	
		
23.1*	 	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	
		
31.1*	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act.	
		
31.2*	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act.	
		
32.1**	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	
 
- 125 -

Table of Contents

			
		
101.INS	  	XBRL Instance Document***	
		
101.SCH	  	XRBL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document***	
		
101.CAL	  	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document***	
		
101.LAB	  	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document***	
		
101.PRE	  	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document***	
		
101.DEF	  	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document***	
Portions of those exhibits marked “+” have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.
*—Filed herewith.
**—Furnished herewith.
***—Pursuant to Regulation S-T, this interactive data file is deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.
#—Indicates exhibits that are management contracts or compensation plans or arrangements required to be filed pursuant to Item 14(c) of Form 10-K.
 
- 126 -

Exhibit 10.12
GREATBATCH, INC.
2011 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
(as amended December 7, 2011)
 
1	PREAMBLE	
This Greatbatch, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time (the “Plan”), is intended to promote the interests of Greatbatch, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“GB” and, together with its Subsidiaries, the “Company”), and its stockholders by providing officers and other employees and non-employee directors of the Company with appropriate incentives and rewards to encourage them to enter into and continue in service to the Company and to acquire a proprietary interest in the long-term success of the Company, while aligning the interests of key employees and management with those of the stockholders.
This Plan is intended to provide a flexible framework that will permit the development and implementation of a variety of stock-based programs based on changing needs of the Company, its competitive market and the regulatory climate.
 
2	DEFINITIONS	
As used in the Plan, the following definitions apply to the terms indicated below:
(a) “Award Agreement” shall mean the written agreement between the Company and a Participant or other document approved by the Committee evidencing an Incentive Award.
 
 	(b)	“Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of GB.	
 
 	(c)	“Cause,” and the term “for cause” shall mean,	
(1) with respect to a Participant who is a party to a written employment agreement with the Company, which agreement contains a definition of “for cause” or “cause” (or words of like import) for purposes of termination of employment thereunder by the Company, “for cause” or “cause” as defined in the most recent of such agreements, or
(2) in all other cases, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, that one or more of the following has occurred: (A) any intentional or willful failure, or failure due to bad faith, by such Participant to substantially perform his or her duties to the Company which shall not have been corrected within 30 days following written notice thereof, (B) any misconduct by such Participant which is significantly injurious to the Company, (C) any breach by such Participant of any covenant contained in the instrument pursuant to which an Incentive Award is granted, (D) such Participant’s conviction of, or entry of a plea of nolo contendere in respect of, any felony which results in, or is reasonably expected to result in, economic or reputational injury to the Company.
 
 	(d)	“Change in Control” occurs if	
(1) any “Person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act of 1934), is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of capital stock of GB normally entitled to vote for the election of directors of GB; or
(2) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company is consummated, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, or
(3) any merger or consolidation of GB is consummated in which the shareholders of GB immediately prior to such transaction own, in the aggregate, less than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of capital stock of the surviving entity normally entitled to vote for the election of directors of the surviving entity.

For purposes hereof, ownership of voting securities shall take into account and shall include ownership as determined by applying the provisions of Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i) (as in effect on the date hereof) pursuant to the Exchange Act.
(e) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(f) “Committee” shall mean the Compensation and Organization Committee of the Board of Directors or such other committee as the Board of Directors shall appoint from time to time to administer the Plan; provided, that the Committee shall at all times consist of two or more persons, each of whom shall be a member of the Board of Directors. To the extent required for transactions under the Plan to qualify for the exemptions available under Rule 16b-3 (as defined herein), members of the Committee (or any subcommittee thereof) shall be “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3. To the extent required for compensation realized from Incentive Awards (as defined herein) under the Plan to be deductible by the Company pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code, members of the Committee (or any subcommittee thereof) shall be “outside directors” within the meaning of such section.
(g) “Company Stock” shall mean the common stock, par value $.001 per share, of GB.
(h) “Covered Employee” means a Participant who is, or could be, a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.
(i) “Disability,” unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, shall mean
(1) with respect to a Participant who is a party to a written employment agreement with the Company, which agreement contains a definition of “disability” or “permanent disability” (or words of like import) for purposes of termination of employment thereunder by the Company, “disability” or “permanent disability” as defined in the most recent of such agreements, or
(2) in all other cases, means such Participant’s inability to perform substantially his or her duties to the Company by reason of physical or mental illness, injury, infirmity or condition: (A) for a continuous period for 180 days or one or more periods aggregating 180 days in any twelve-month period; (B) at such time as such Participant is eligible to receive disability income payments under any long-term disability insurance plan maintained by the Company; or (C) at such earlier time as such Participant or the Company submits medical evidence, in the form of a physician’s certification, that such Participant has a physical or mental illness, injury, infirmity or condition that will likely prevent such Participant from substantially performing his duties for 180 days or longer.
(j) “Effective Date” shall mean February 28, 2011, the date the Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors, subject to approval by GB’s stockholders. The Plan will be deemed to be approved by the stockholders if it receives the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock of GB present or represented and entitled to vote at a meeting at which a quorum representing a majority of all outstanding voting stock is, either in person or by proxy, present and voting and duly held in accordance with the applicable provisions of GB’s Bylaws. Incentive Awards may be granted under the Plan at any time prior to the receipt of stockholder approval; provided, however, that each such grant shall automatically terminate in the event such approval is not obtained. Without limiting the foregoing, no Option or SAR may be exercised prior to the receipt of such approval, and no share certificate will be issued pursuant to a grant of Restricted Stock or Stock Bonus prior to the receipt of such approval.
(k) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(l) “Fair Market Value” means, for any particular date, (i) for any period during which the Company Stock shall be listed for trading on a national securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ”), the closing price per share of Company Stock on such exchange or the NASDAQ closing bid price as of the close of such trading day, or (ii) the market price per share of Company Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors in the event (i) above shall not be applicable. If the Fair Market Value is to be determined as of a day when the securities markets are not open, the Fair Market Value on that day shall be the Fair Market Value on the next preceding day when the markets were open.
(m) “Incentive Award” shall mean an Option, SAR, share of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit or Stock Bonus (each as defined herein) granted pursuant to the terms of the Plan.
 
2

(n) “Incentive Stock Option” shall mean an Option that is an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
(o) “Issue Date” shall mean the date established by the Committee on which Certificates representing shares of Restricted Stock shall be issued by the Company pursuant to the terms of Section 9(e).
(p) “Non-Qualified Stock Option” shall mean an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.
(q) “Option” shall mean an option to purchase shares of Company Stock granted pursuant to Section 7.
(r) “Participant” shall mean an employee, a non-employee consultant or service provider, or non-employee director of the Company to whom an Incentive Award is granted pursuant to the Plan and, upon his or her death, his or her successors, heirs, executors and administrators, as the case may be.
(s) “Performance-Based Award” means an Award granted to selected Covered Employees pursuant to Sections 9 and 10, but which is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 12. All Performance-Based Awards are intended to qualify as Qualified Performance-Based Compensation.
(t) “Performance Criteria” means the criteria that the Committee selects for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for a Participant for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish Performance Goals are limited to the following: net earnings (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), economic value-added (as determined by the Committee), sales or revenue, net income (either before or after taxes), operating earnings or income, cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), cash flow return on capital, return on investment, return on stockholders’ equity, return on assets or net assets, return on capital, stockholder returns, return on sales, gross or net profit margin, productivity, expense, margins, operating efficiency, cost reduction or savings, customer satisfaction, working capital, earnings or diluted earnings per share, price per share of Company Stock, and market share, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group. The Committee shall, within the time prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code, define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period for such Participant.
(u) “Performance Goals” means, for a Performance Period, the goals established in writing by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of a division, business unit, or an individual. The Committee, in its discretion, may, within the time prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code, adjust or modify the calculation of Performance Goals for such Performance Period in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants (a) in the event of, or in anticipation of, any unusual or extraordinary corporate item, transaction, event, or development, or (b) in recognition of, or in anticipation of, any other unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company (determined consistent with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles), or the financial statements of the Company, or in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, or business conditions.
(v) “Performance Period” means the one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to, and the payment of, a Performance-Based Award.
(w) “Qualified Performance-Based Compensation” means any compensation that is intended to qualify as “qualified performance-based compensation” as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.
(x) “Reprice” shall mean (A) changing the terms of an Incentive Award to lower its exercise price; (B) any other action that is treated as a “repricing” under generally accepted accounting principles; and (C) repurchasing for cash or canceling an Incentive Award at a time when its exercise price is greater than the Fair Market Value of the underlying stock in exchange for another Incentive Award, unless the cancellation and exchange occurs in connection with a Change in Control. Such cancellation and exchange would be considered a “repricing” regardless of whether it is treated as a “repricing” under generally accepted accounting principles and regardless of whether it is voluntary on the part of the Participant.
 
3

(y) A share of “Restricted Stock” shall mean a share of Company Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms of Section 9 hereof and that is subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 9(c).
(z) “Restricted Stock Unit” means the right to receive a share of Company Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms of Section 10.
(aa) “Rule 16b-3” shall mean the rule thus designated as promulgated under the Exchange Act.
(bb) “SAR” shall mean a stock appreciation right granted pursuant to Section 8.
(cc) “Stock Bonus” shall mean a bonus payable in shares of Company Stock or a payment made in shares of Company Stock pursuant to a deferred compensation plan of the Company.
(dd) “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation or other entity in which, at the time of reference, the Company owns, directly or indirectly, stock or similar interests comprising more than 50 percent of the combined voting power of all outstanding securities of such entity.
(ee) “Vesting Date” shall mean the date established by the Committee on which a share of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit may vest.
 
3	STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN	
 
 	(a)	Shares Available for Awards	
The total number of shares of Company Stock with respect to which Incentive Awards may be granted shall not exceed 1,000,000 shares. Such shares may be authorized but unissued Company Stock or authorized and issued Company Stock held in the Company’s treasury or acquired by the Company for the purposes of the Plan. The Committee may direct that any stock certificate evidencing shares issued pursuant to the Plan shall bear a legend setting forth such restrictions on transferability as may apply to such shares pursuant to the Plan.
 
 	(b)	Total Grants by Award Type	
The total number of shares of Company Stock to be awarded under the Plan as Options or SARs shall not exceed 1,000,000 shares. The total number of shares of Company Stock to be awarded under the Plan as Incentive Stock Options shall not exceed 1,000,000 shares. With respect to SARs, when a stock settled SAR is exercised, the shares subject to a SAR grant agreement shall be counted against the shares available for award as one (1) share for every share subject thereto, regardless of the number of shares used to settle the SAR upon exercise.
 
 	(c)	Individual Limitation	
The total number of shares of Company Stock subject to Options and SARs awarded to any one employee during any fiscal year of the Company, other than awards made pursuant to Section 12, shall not exceed 100,000 shares. Determinations under the preceding sentence shall be made in a manner that is consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder. The provisions of this Section 3(c) shall not apply in any circumstance with respect to which the Committee determines that compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code is not necessary.
 
 	(d)	Adjustment for Change in Capitalization	
If there is any change in the outstanding shares of Company Stock by reason of a stock dividend or distribution, stock split-up, recapitalization, combination or exchange of shares, or by reason of any merger, consolidation, spinoff or other corporate reorganization in which the Company is the surviving corporation, the number of shares available for issuance both in the aggregate and with respect to each outstanding Incentive Award, the price per share under each outstanding Incentive Award, and the limitations set forth in Section 3(b) and (c), shall be proportionately adjusted by the Committee, whose determination shall be final and binding. After any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 3(d), the number of shares subject to each outstanding Incentive Award shall be rounded to the nearest whole number.
 
4

 	(e)	Other Adjustments	
In the event of any transaction or event described in Section 3(d) or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any affiliate of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any affiliate (including without limitation any Change in Control), or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles, and whenever the Committee determines that action is appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Incentive Award under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles, the Committee, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, including, if the Committee deems appropriate, the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.424-1(a)(5) except to the extent necessary to ensure that the action does not violate Section 409A of the Code, either by amendment of the terms of any outstanding Incentive Awards or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event and either automatically or upon the Participant’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions:
(i) To provide for either (A) termination of any such Incentive Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or other property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Incentive Award or realization of the Participant’s rights (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction or event described in this Section 3(e) the Committee determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Incentive Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Incentive Award may be terminated by the Company without payment) or (B) the replacement of such Incentive Award with other rights or property selected by the Committee in its sole discretion;
(ii) To provide that such Incentive Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; and
(iii) To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of Company Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Incentive Awards, and in the number and kind of outstanding Restricted Stock and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding options, rights and awards and options, rights and awards which may be granted in the future;
(iv) To provide that such Incentive Award shall be exercisable or payable or fully vested with respect to all shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement; and
(v) To provide that the Incentive Award cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after such event.
 
 	(f)	Re-use of Shares	
To the extent that an Incentive Award terminates, expires, is cancelled, forfeited, or lapses for any reason, any shares of Company Stock subject to the Incentive Award shall again be available for the grant of an Incentive Award pursuant to the Plan. Shares which are used to pay the exercise price of an Option and shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations will not be available for further grants of Incentive Awards pursuant to the Plan. To the extent permitted by applicable law or any exchange rule, shares of Company Stock issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by the Company or any Subsidiary shall not be counted against shares of Company Stock available for grant pursuant to this Plan.
 
 	(g)	No Repricing	
Absent stockholder approval, neither the Committee nor the Board of Directors shall have any authority, with or without the consent of the affected holders of Incentive Awards, to “Reprice” an Incentive Award. This paragraph may not be amended, altered or repealed by the Board of Directors or the Committee without approval of the stockholders of the Company.
 
 	(h)	Vesting Limitation on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Awards.	
 
5

Any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit Incentive Award that vests solely on the basis of the passage of time ( e.g., not on the basis of achievement of Performance Goals) shall not fully vest more quickly than over the three year period beginning on the grant date. Any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit Performance-Based Awards shall not vest prior to the first anniversary of the grant date. The provisions of this Section 3(h) shall not apply to (i) up to ten percent (10%) of the total number of shares of Company Stock authorized for issuance under the Plan, or (ii) any Incentive Awards made to any member of the Board of Directors as a component of the payment of his or her retainer for service on the Board of Directors.
 
4	ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN	
The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall from time to time designate the persons who shall be granted Incentive Awards and the amount, type and other features of each Incentive Award.
The Committee shall have full authority to administer the Plan, including authority to interpret and construe any provision of the Plan and the terms of any Incentive Award issued under it and to adopt such rules and regulations for administering the Plan as it may deem necessary or appropriate. The Committee shall determine whether an authorized leave of absence or absence due to military or government service shall constitute termination of employment. Decisions of the Committee shall be final and binding on all parties. Determinations made by the Committee under the Plan need not be uniform but may be made on a Participant-by-Participant basis. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, resolve to administer the Plan, in which case the term “Committee” as used herein shall be deemed to mean the Board of Directors.
The Committee may, in its absolute discretion, without amendment to the Plan, (i) accelerate the date on which any Option or SAR granted under the Plan becomes exercisable, (ii) waive or amend the operation of Plan provisions respecting exercise after termination of service or otherwise adjust any of the terms of such Option or SAR and (iii) accelerate the Vesting Date or Issue Date, or waive any condition imposed hereunder, with respect to any share of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit or otherwise adjust any of the terms applicable to such share.
No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action, omission or determination relating to the Plan, and the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee and each other director or employee of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan has been delegated against any cost or expense (including counsel fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the approval of the Committee) arising out of any action, omission or determination relating to the Plan, unless, in either case, such action, omission or determination was taken or made by such member, director or employee in bad faith and without reasonable belief that it was in the best interests of the Company.
 
5	ELIGIBILITY	
The persons who shall be eligible to receive Incentive Awards pursuant to the Plan shall be such employees of the Company (including employees who are also directors and prospective employees conditioned on their becoming employees), non-employee consultants or service providers, and non-employee directors of the Company as the Committee shall designate from time to time.
 
6	AWARDS UNDER THE PLAN; AWARD AGREEMENTS	
The Committee may grant Options, SARs, shares of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Stock Bonuses, in such amounts and with such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine, subject to the provisions of the Plan.
Each Incentive Award granted under the Plan (except an unconditional Stock Bonus) shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement which shall contain such provisions as the Committee may in its sole discretion deem necessary or desirable. By accepting an Incentive Award, a Participant thereby agrees that the Incentive Award shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.
 
6

7	OPTIONS	
 
 	(a)	Identification of Options	
Each Option shall be clearly identified in the applicable Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option. In the absence of such identification, an Option will be deemed to be a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
 
 	(b)	Exercise Price	
Each Award Agreement with respect to an Option shall set forth the amount (the “exercise price”) payable by the holder to the Company upon exercise of the Option. The exercise price per share shall be determined by the Committee but shall in no event be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Company Stock on the date the Option is granted.
 
 	(c)	Term and Exercise of Options	
(1) The applicable Award Agreement will provide the date or dates on which an Option shall become exercisable. The Committee shall determine the expiration date of each Option; provided, however, that no Option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date of grant. Unless the applicable Award Agreement provides otherwise, no Option shall be exercisable prior to the first anniversary of the date of grant.
(2) An Option may be exercised for all or any portion of the shares as to which it is exercisable; provided, that no partial exercise of an Option shall be for an aggregate exercise price of less than $1,000. The partial exercise of an Option shall not cause the expiration, termination or cancellation of the remaining portion thereof.
(3) Unless the Committee determines otherwise, an Option shall be exercised by delivering notice to the Company’s principal office, to the attention of its Secretary (or the Secretary’s designee), no less than one nor more than ten business days in advance of the effective date of the proposed exercise. Such notice shall specify the number of shares of Company Stock with respect to which the Option is being exercised and the effective date of the proposed exercise and shall be signed by the Participant or other person then having the right to exercise the Option. Payment for shares of Company Stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option shall be made on the effective date of such exercise by one or a combination of the following means: (i) in cash, by certified check, bank cashier’s check or wire transfer; (ii) subject to the approval of the Committee, in shares of Company Stock owned by the Participant for at least six months prior to the date of exercise and valued at their Fair Market Value on the effective date of such exercise; or (iii) by means of a broker assisted cashless exercise procedure complying with applicable law, and (iv) by such other provision as the Committee may from time to time authorize. Any payment in shares of Company Stock shall be effected by the delivery of such shares to the Secretary (or the Secretary’s designee) of the Company, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by stock powers duly executed in blank, together with any other documents and evidences as the Secretary (or the Secretary’s designee) of the Company shall require.
(4) Certificates for shares of Company Stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Participant or other person entitled to receive such shares, and delivered to the Participant or such other person as soon as practicable following the effective date on which the Option is exercised.
 
 	(d)	Limitations on Incentive Stock Options	
(1) Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or any “subsidiary corporation” thereof (within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code and the applicable regulations thereunder).
(2) To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of shares of Company Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year under the Plan and any other stock option plan of the Company (or any “subsidiary corporation” of the Company within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code) shall exceed $100,000, or such higher value as may be permitted under Section 422 of the Code, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. Such Fair Market Value shall be determined as of the date on which each such Incentive Stock Option is granted.
 
7

(3) No Incentive Stock Option may be granted to an individual if, at the time of the proposed grant, such individual owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or any “subsidiary corporation” of the Company within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code), unless (i) the exercise price of such Incentive Stock Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Company Stock at the time such Incentive Stock Option is granted and (ii) such Incentive Stock Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date such Incentive Stock Option is granted.
 
 	(e)	Effect of Termination of Employment	
(1) Unless the applicable Award Agreement provides or the Committee shall determine otherwise, in the event that the employment of a Participant with the Company shall terminate for any reason other than Cause, Disability or death : (i) Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were exercisable at the time of such termination, shall remain exercisable until the date that is three months after such termination, on which date they shall expire; and (ii) Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were not exercisable at the time of such termination, shall expire at the close of business on the date of such termination. The three-month period described in this Section 7(e)(1) shall be extended to one year in the event of the Participant’s death during such three-month period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of its term.
(2) Unless the applicable Award Agreement provides or the Committee shall determine otherwise, in the event that the employment of a Participant with the Company shall terminate on account of the Disability or death of the Participant: (i) Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were exercisable at the time of such termination, shall remain exercisable until the first anniversary of such termination, on which date they shall expire; and (ii) Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were not exercisable at the time of such termination, shall expire at the close of business on the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of its term.
(3) In the event of the termination of a Participant’s employment for Cause, all outstanding Options granted to such Participant shall expire at the commencement of business on the date of such termination.
 
 	(f)	Acceleration of Exercise Date Upon Change in Control	
Except as otherwise provided in an applicable Award Agreement, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, each Option granted under the Plan and outstanding at such time shall become fully and immediately exercisable and shall remain exercisable until its expiration, termination or cancellation pursuant to the terms of the Plan. In addition, in the event of a Change in Control, the Committee may in its discretion, cancel any outstanding Options and pay to the holders thereof, in cash or stock, or any combination thereof, the value of such Options based upon the price per share of Company Stock to be received by other shareholders of the Company in the Change in Control less the exercise price of each Option.
(g) Except as otherwise provided in an applicable Award Agreement, during the lifetime of a Participant each Option granted to a Participant shall be exercisable only by the Participant and no Option shall be assignable or transferable otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Committee may in its sole discretion on a case by case basis, in any applicable agreement evidencing an Option (other than, to the extent inconsistent with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code applicable to Incentive Stock Options), permit a Participant to transfer all or some of the Options to (i) the Participant’s Immediate Family Members, or (ii) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of such Immediate Family Members. Following any such transfer, any transferred Options shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to the transfer. “Immediate Family Members” shall mean a Participant’s spouse, child(ren) and grandchild(ren). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Non-Qualified Stock Options may be transferred to a Participant’s former spouse pursuant to a property settlement made part of an agreement or court order incident to the divorce.
 
8	SARS	
 
 	(a)	Exercise Price	
The exercise price per share of a SAR shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, but shall in no event be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Company Stock on the date of grant.
 
8

 	(b)	Benefit Upon Exercise	
The exercise of SARs with respect to any number of shares of Company Stock shall entitle the Participant to receive unrestricted, fully transferable shares of Company Stock, payable within 2  1 / 2 months of the date on which the SARs are exercised, equal in value to the number of SARs exercised multiplied by (i) the Fair Market Value of a share of Company Stock on the exercise date over (ii) the exercise price of the SAR. Fractional share amounts shall be settled in cash.
 
 	(c)	Term and Exercise of SARS	
(1) The applicable Award Agreement will provide the dates or dates on which a SAR shall become exercisable. The Committee shall determine the expiration date of each SAR; provided, however, that no SAR shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date of grant. Unless the applicable Award Agreement provides otherwise, no SAR shall be exercisable prior to the first anniversary of the date of grant.
(2) A SAR may be exercised for all or any portion of the shares as to which it is exercisable; provided, that no partial exercise of a SAR shall be for an aggregate exercise price of less than $1,000. The partial exercise of a SAR shall not cause the expiration, termination or cancellation of the remaining portion thereof.
(3) Unless the Committee determines otherwise, a SAR shall be exercised by delivering notice to the Company’s principal office, to the attention of its Secretary (or the Secretary’s designee), no less than one nor more than ten business days in advance of the effective date of the proposed exercise. Such notice shall specify the number of shares of Company Stock with respect to which the SAR is being exercised, and the effective date of the proposed exercise, and shall be signed by the Participant.
 
 	(d)	Effect of Termination of Employment	
The provisions set forth in Section 7(e) with respect to the exercise of Options following termination of employment shall apply as well to such exercise of SARs.
 
 	(e)	Acceleration of Exercise Date Upon Change in Control	
Except as otherwise provided in an applicable Award Agreement, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, any SAR granted under the Plan and outstanding at such time shall become fully and immediately exercisable and shall remain exercisable until its expiration, termination or cancellation pursuant to the terms of the Plan. In addition, in the event of a Change in Control, the Committee may in its discretion, cancel any outstanding SARs and pay to the holders thereof, in stock, the value of such SARs based upon the price per share of Company Stock to be received by other shareholders of the Company in the Change in Control less the exercise price of each SAR.
 
9	RESTRICTED STOCK	
 
 	(a)	Issue Date and Vesting Date	
Subject to the provisions of Section 3(h) hereof, at the time of the grant of shares of Restricted Stock, the Committee shall establish an Issue Date or Issue Dates and a Vesting Date or Vesting Dates with respect to such shares. The Committee may divide such shares into classes and assign a different Issue Date and/or Vesting Date for each class. If the grantee is employed by the Company on an Issue Date (which may be the date of grant), the specified number of shares of Restricted Stock shall be issued in accordance with the provisions of Section 9(e). Provided that all conditions to the vesting of a share of Restricted Stock imposed pursuant to Section 9(b) are satisfied, and except as provided in Section 9(g), upon the occurrence of the Vesting Date with respect to a share of Restricted Stock, such share shall vest and the restrictions of Section 9(c) shall cease to apply to such share.
 
 	(b)	Conditions to Vesting	
At the time of the grant of shares of Restricted Stock, the Committee may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of such shares as it, in its absolute discretion, deems appropriate. By way of example and not by way of limitation, the Committee may require, as a condition to the vesting of any class or classes of shares of Restricted Stock, that the Participant or the Company achieves such performance goals as the Committee may specify under Section 12.
 
9

 	(c)	Restrictions on Transfer Prior to Vesting	
Prior to the vesting of a share of Restricted Stock, no transfer of a Participant’s rights with respect to such share, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise, shall be permitted. Immediately upon any attempt to transfer such rights, such share, and all of the rights related thereto, shall be forfeited by the Participant.
 
 	(d)	Dividends on Restricted Stock	
The Committee in its discretion may require that any dividends paid on shares of Restricted Stock shall be held in escrow until all restrictions on such shares have lapsed.
 
 	(e)	Issuance of Certificates	
(1) Reasonably promptly after the Issue Date with respect to shares of Restricted Stock, the Company shall cause to be issued a stock certificate, registered in the name of the Participant to whom such shares were granted, evidencing such shares; provided, that the Company shall not cause such a stock certificate to be issued unless it has received a stock power duly endorsed in blank with respect to such shares. Each such stock certificate shall bear any such legend as the Company may determine.
Such legend shall not be removed until such shares vest pursuant to the terms hereof.
(2) Each certificate issued pursuant to this Section 9(e), together with the stock powers relating to the shares of Restricted Stock evidenced by such certificate, shall be held by the Company in such manner as the Company may determine unless the Committee determines otherwise.
 
 	(f)	Consequences of Vesting	
Upon the vesting of a share of Restricted Stock pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, the restrictions of Section 9(c) shall cease to apply to such share. Reasonably promptly after a share of Restricted Stock vests, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the Participant to whom such shares were granted, a certificate evidencing such share, free of the legend set forth in Section 9(e). Notwithstanding the foregoing, such share still may be subject to restrictions on transfer as a result of applicable securities laws or pursuant to Section 15.
 
 	(g)	Effect of Termination of Employment	
(1) Unless the applicable Award Agreement or the Committee determines otherwise, in the event of the termination of a Participant’s service to the Company for any reason other than Cause, all shares of Restricted Stock granted to such Participant which have not vested as of the date of such termination shall immediately be forfeited and returned to the Company. The Company also shall have the right to require the return of all dividends paid on such shares, whether by termination of any escrow arrangement under which such dividends are held or otherwise.
(2) In the event of the termination of a Participant’s employment for Cause, all shares of Restricted Stock granted to such Participant which have not vested prior to the date of such termination shall immediately be forfeited and returned to the Company, together with any dividends credited on such shares by termination of any escrow arrangement under which such dividends are held or otherwise.
 
 	(h)	Effect of Change in Control	
Except as otherwise provided in an applicable Award Agreement, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, all outstanding shares of Restricted Stock which have not previously vested shall immediately vest. In addition, in the event of a Change in Control, the Committee may in its discretion, cancel any outstanding shares of Restricted Stock and pay to the holders thereof, in cash or stock, or any combination thereof, the value of such shares of Restricted Stock based upon the price per share of Company Stock to be received by other shareholders of the Company in the Change in Control.
 
10

10	RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS	
 
 	(a)	Vesting Date	
Subject to the provisions of Section 3(h) hereof, at the time of the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Committee shall establish a Vesting Date or Vesting Dates with respect to such Restricted Stock Units. The Committee may divide such Restricted Stock Units into classes and assign a different Vesting Date for each class. Provided that all conditions to the vesting of a Restricted Stock Unit imposed pursuant to Section 10(c) are satisfied, and except as provided in Section 10(d), upon the occurrence of the Vesting Date with respect to a Restricted Stock Unit, such Restricted Stock Unit shall vest and shares of Stock will be delivered pursuant to Section 10(c).
 
 	(b)	Benefit Upon Vesting	
Upon the vesting of a Restricted Stock Unit, the Participant shall be entitled to receive one unrestricted, fully transferable share of Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit scheduled to be paid out on such date and not previously forfeited, or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, an amount, payable within 2  1 / 2 months of the date on which such Restricted Stock Units vests, equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Company Stock on the date on which such Restricted Stock Unit vests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares of Company Stock issued may be subject to restrictions on transfer as a result of applicable securities laws or pursuant to Section 15.
 
 	(c)	Conditions to Vesting	
At the time of the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Committee may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of such Restricted Stock Units as it, in its absolute discretion, deems appropriate. By way of example and not by way of limitation, the Committee may require, as a condition to the vesting of any class or classes of Restricted Stock Units, that the Participant or the Company achieves such performance goals as the Committee may specify under Section 12.
 
 	(d)	Effect of Termination of Employment	
(1) Unless the applicable Award Agreement or the Committee determines otherwise, Restricted Stock Units that have not vested, together with any dividends credited on such Restricted Stock Units, shall be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of employment for any reason other than Cause.
(2) In the event of the termination of a Participant’s employment for Cause, all Restricted Stock Units granted to such Participant which have not vested as of the date of such termination shall immediately be forfeited, together with any dividends credited on such shares.
 
 	(e)	Effect of Change in Control	
Except as otherwise provided in an applicable Award Agreement, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control all outstanding Restricted Stock Units which have not theretofore vested shall immediately vest. In addition, in the event of a Change in Control, the Committee may in its discretion, cancel any outstanding Restricted Stock Units and pay to the holders thereof, in cash or stock, or any combination thereof, the value of such Restricted Stock Units based upon the price per share of Company Stock to be received by other shareholders of the Company in the Change in Control.
 
11	STOCK BONUSES	
In the event that the Committee grants a Stock Bonus, a certificate for the shares of Company Stock comprising such Stock Bonus shall be issued in the name of the Participant to whom such grant was made and delivered to such Participant as soon as practicable after the date on which such Stock Bonus is payable.
 
11

12	PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS	
 
 	(a)	Purpose.	
The purpose of this Section 12 is to provide the Committee the ability to qualify Incentive Awards as Qualified Performance-Based Compensation. If the Committee, in its discretion, decides to grant a Performance-Based Award to a Covered Employee, the provisions of this Section 12 shall control over any contrary provision contained in Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10; provided, however, that the Committee may in its discretion grant Incentive Awards to Covered Employees and to other Participants that are based on Performance Criteria or Performance Goals but that do not satisfy the requirements of this Section 12.
 
 	(b)	Applicability.	
This Section 12 shall apply only to those Covered Employees selected by the Committee to receive Performance-Based Awards. The designation of a Covered Employee as a Participant for a Performance Period shall not in any manner entitle the Participant to receive an Incentive Award for the period. Moreover, designation of a Covered Employee as a Participant for a particular Performance Period shall not require designation of such Covered Employee as a Participant in any subsequent Performance Period and designation of one Covered Employee as a Participant shall not require designation of any other Covered Employees as a Participant in such period or in any other period.
 
 	(c)	Procedures with Respect to Performance-Based Awards.	
To the extent necessary to comply with the Qualified Performance-Based Compensation requirements of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, with respect to any Incentive Award granted under Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 which may be granted to one or more Covered Employees, no later than ninety (90) days following the commencement of any fiscal year in question or any other designated fiscal period or period of service (or such other time as may be required or permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, in writing, (a) designate one or more Covered Employees, (b) select the Performance Criteria applicable to the Performance Period, (c) establish the Performance Goals, and amounts of such Awards, as applicable, which may be earned for such Performance Period, and (d) specify the relationship between Performance Criteria and the Performance Goals and the amounts of such Awards, as applicable, to be earned by each Covered Employee for such Performance Period. Following the completion of each Performance Period, the Committee shall certify in writing whether the applicable Performance Goals have been achieved for such Performance Period. In determining the amount earned by a Covered Employee, the Committee shall have the right to reduce or eliminate (but not to increase) the amount payable at a given level of performance to take into account additional factors that the Committee may deem relevant to the assessment of individual or corporate performance for the Performance Period.
 
 	(d)	Payment of Performance-Based Awards.	
Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant must be employed by the Company or a Subsidiary on the day a Performance-Based Award for such Performance Period is paid to the Participant. Furthermore, a Participant shall be eligible to receive payment pursuant to a Performance-Based Award for a Performance Period only if, and to the extent, the Performance Goals for such period are achieved.
 
 	(e)	Additional Limitations.	
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any Incentive Award which is granted to a Covered Employee and is intended to constitute Qualified Performance-Based Compensation shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in Section 162(m) of the Code (including any amendment to Section 162(m) of the Code) or any regulations or rulings issued thereunder that are requirements for qualification as qualified performance-based compensation as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, and the Plan shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.
 
13	RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER	
No person shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Company Stock covered by or relating to any Incentive Award until the date of issuance of a stock certificate with respect to such shares. Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 3(d), no adjustment to any Incentive Award shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date occurs prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.
 
12

14	DEFERRAL OF AWARDS	
The Committee may permit or require the deferral of payment or settlement of any Restricted Stock Unit or Stock Bonus subject to such rules and procedures as it may establish. Payment or settlement of Options or SARs may not be deferred unless such deferral would not cause the provisions of Section 409A of the Code to be violated.
 
15	RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER OF SHARES	
The Committee may impose, either in the Award Agreement or at the time shares of Company Stock are issued in settlement of an Incentive Award, restrictions on the ability of the Participant to sell or transfer such shares of Company Stock.
 
16	NO SPECIAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS; NO RIGHT TO INCENTIVE AWARD	
Nothing contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall confer upon any Participant any right with respect to the continuation of employment by the Company or interfere in any way with the right of the Company, subject to the terms of any separate employment agreement to the contrary, at any time to terminate such employment or to increase or decrease the compensation of the Participant.
No person shall have any claim or right to receive an Incentive Award hereunder. The Committee’s granting of an Incentive Award to a Participant at any time shall neither require the Committee to grant any other Incentive Award to such Participant or other person at any time nor preclude the Committee from making subsequent grants to such Participant or any other person.
 
17	SECURITIES MATTERS	
(a) The Company shall be under no obligation to effect the registration pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 of any interests in the Plan or any shares of Company Stock to be issued hereunder or to effect similar compliance under any state laws. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated to cause to be issued or delivered any certificates evidencing shares of Company Stock pursuant to the Plan unless and until the Company is advised by its counsel that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authority and the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange or any other securities exchange or automated quotation system on which shares of Company Stock are listed. Certificates evidencing shares of Company Stock issued pursuant to the terms hereof, may bear such legends, as the Committee or the Company, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or desirable to insure compliance with applicable securities laws.
(b) The transfer of any shares of Company Stock hereunder shall be effective only at such time as counsel to the Company shall have determined that the issuance and delivery of such shares is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authority and the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange or any other securities exchange or automated quotation system on which shares of Company Stock are listed. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, defer the effectiveness of any transfer of shares of Company stock hereunder in order to allow the issuance of such shares to be made pursuant to registration or an exemption from registration or other methods for compliance available under federal or state securities laws. The Company shall inform the Participant in writing of the Committee’s decision to defer the effectiveness of a transfer. During the period of such a deferral in connection with the exercise of an Option, the Participant may, by written notice, withdraw such exercise and obtain the refund of any amount paid with respect thereto.
(c) It is intended that the Plan be applied and administered in compliance with Rule 16b-3. If any provision of the Plan would be in violation of Rule 16b-3 if applied as written, such provision shall not have effect as written and shall be given effect so as to comply with Rule 16b-3, as determined by the Committee. The Committee is authorized to amend the Plan and to make any such modifications to Award Agreements to comply with Rule 16b-3, as it may be amended from time to time, and to make any other such amendments or modifications deemed necessary or appropriate to better accomplish the purposes of the Plan in light of any amendments made to Rule 16b-3.
 
13

18	WITHHOLDING TAXES	
Whenever cash is to be paid pursuant to an Incentive Award, the Company shall have the right to deduct therefrom an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state and local withholding tax requirements related thereto.
Whenever shares of Company Stock are to be delivered pursuant to an Incentive Award, the Company shall have the right to require the Participant to remit to the Company in cash an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state and local withholding tax requirements related thereto. With the approval of the Committee, which it shall have sole discretion to grant and which approval may be evidenced by the presence in the Award Agreement of an appropriate reference to such right, a Participant may satisfy the foregoing requirement by electing to have the Company withhold from delivery shares of Company Stock having a value equal to the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld. Such shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date as of which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined. Fractional share amounts shall be settled in cash. Such a withholding election may be made with respect to all or any portion of the shares to be delivered pursuant to an Incentive Award. Any tax withholding above the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld must be deducted from other amounts payable to the Participant or must be paid in cash by the Participant.
 
19	NOTIFICATION OF ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE CODE	
If any Participant shall, in connection with the acquisition of shares of Company Stock under the Plan, make the election permitted under Section 83(b) of the Code (i.e., an election to include in gross income in the year of transfer the amounts specified in Section 83(b)) and permitted under the terms of the Award Agreement, such Participant shall notify the Company of such election within ten days of filing notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service, in addition to any filing and notification required pursuant to regulations issued under the authority of Code Section 83(b).
 
20	NOTIFICATION UPON DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION UNDER SECTION 421(b) OF THE CODE	
Each Award Agreement with respect to an Incentive Stock Option shall require the Participant to notify the Company of any disposition of shares of Company Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of such Option under the circumstances described in Section 421(b) of the Code (relating to certain disqualifying dispositions) within ten days of such disposition.
 
21	AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN	
The Board of Directors may, at any time, suspend or terminate the Plan or revise or amend it in any respect whatsoever; provided, however, that stockholder approval shall be required if and to the extent required by Rule 16b-3 or by any comparable or successor exemption under which the Board of Directors believes it is appropriate for the Plan to qualify, or if and to the extent the Board of Directors determines that such approval is appropriate for purposes of satisfying Section 162(m), Section 422 or Section 409A of the Code or any applicable rule or listing standard of any stock exchange, automated quotation system or similar organization. Nothing herein shall restrict the Committee’s ability to exercise its discretionary authority pursuant to Section 4, which discretion may be exercised without amendment to the Plan. No action hereunder may, without the consent of a Participant, reduce the Participant’s rights under any outstanding Incentive Award.
 
22	NO OBLIGATION TO EXERCISE	
The grant to a Participant of an Option or SAR shall impose no obligation upon such Participant to exercise such Option or SAR.
 
23	TRANSFERS UPON DEATH; NONASSIGNABILITY	
Upon the death of a Participant outstanding Incentive Awards granted to such Participant may be exercised only by the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate or by a person who shall have acquired the right to such exercise by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. No transfer of an Incentive Award by will or the laws of descent and distribution shall be effective to bind the Company unless the Company shall have been furnished with (a) written notice thereof and with a copy of the Will and/or such evidence as the Committee may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer and (b) an agreement by the transferee to comply with all the terms and conditions of the Incentive Award that are or would have been applicable to the Participant and to be bound by the acknowledgments made by the Participant in connection with the grant of the Incentive Award.
 
14

Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, no Incentive Award or interest in it may be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated by the Participant, whether by operation of law or otherwise, or be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process.
 
24	EXPENSES AND RECEIPTS	
The expenses of the Plan shall be paid by the Company. Any proceeds received by the Company in connection with any Incentive Award will be used for general corporate purposes.
 
25	FAILURE TO COMPLY	
In addition to the remedies of the Company elsewhere provided for herein, failure by a Participant (or beneficiary) to comply with any of the terms and conditions of the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, unless such failure is remedied by such Participant (or beneficiary) within ten days after notice of such failure by the Committee, shall be grounds for the cancellation and forfeiture of such Incentive Award, in whole or in part, as the Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine.
 
26	EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF PLAN	
The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date. Unless earlier terminated by the Board of Directors, the right to grant Incentive Awards under the Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. Incentive Awards outstanding at Plan termination will remain in effect according to their terms and the provisions of the Plan.
 
27	APPLICABLE LAW	
Except to the extent preempted by any applicable federal law, the Plan will be construed and administered in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to the principles of conflicts of laws thereunder.
 
15

EXHIBIT 12.1
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES (Unaudited)

 	  	Year Ended	 	
 	  	Dec. 30,
2011	 	  	Dec. 31,
2010	 	  	Jan. 1,
2010	 	 	Jan. 2,
2009	 	 	Dec. 28,
2007	 	
Earnings:	  				  				  				 				 				
Income (loss) before income taxes	  	$	48,392	  	  	$	49,325	  	  	$	(18,177	) 	 	$	20,517	  	 	$	23,919	  	
Pretax credits	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(162	) 	 	 	(21	) 	
						
Fixed Charges:	  				  				  				 				 				
Interest expense	  	$	5,526	  	  	$	7,839	  	  	$	9,930	  	 	$	10,435	  	 	$	5,427	  	
Capitalized interest	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	171	  	 	 	22	  	
Discounts & deferred financing fees	  	 	11,402	  	  	 	10,680	  	  	 	10,106	  	 	 	9,583	  	 	 	6,967	  	
Interest portion of rental expense	  	 	766	  	  	 	848	  	  	 	1,053	  	 	 	850	  	 	 	574	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total earnings and fixed charges	  	$	66,086	  	  	$	68,692	  	  	$	2,912	  	 	$	41,394	  	 	$	36,888	  	

Fixed Charges:	  				  				  				 				 				
Interest expense	  	$	5,526	  	  	$	7,839	  	  	$	9,930	  	 	$	10,435	  	 	$	5,427	  	
Capitalized interest	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	171	  	 	 	22	  	
Discounts & deferred financing fees	  	 	11,402	  	  	 	10,680	  	  	 	10,106	  	 	 	9,583	  	 	 	6,967	  	
Interest portion of rental expense	  	 	766	  	  	 	848	  	  	 	1,053	  	 	 	850	  	 	 	574	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total fixed charges	  	$	17,694	  	  	$	19,367	  	  	$	21,089	  	 	$	21,039	  	 	$	12,990	  	

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges	  	 	3.7	  	  	 	3.5	  	  	 	0.1	  	 	 	2.0	  	 	 	2.8	  	

EXHIBIT 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF GREATBATCH, INC.

Subsidiary	  	Incorporated	
		
Greatbatch Ltd., doing business as Greatbatch Medical
(direct subsidiary of Greatbatch, Inc.)	  	New York	
		
Greatbatch LLC
(direct subsidiary of Greatbatch Ltd.)	  	Delaware	
		
Greatbatch Medical, S. de R.L. de C.V.
(owned 99% by Greatbatch LLC & 1% by Greatbatch, Inc.)	  	Mexico	
		
Electrochem Solutions, Inc.
(direct subsidiary of Greatbatch Ltd.)	  	Massachusetts	
		
Micro Power Electronics, Inc.
(direct subsidiary of Electrochem Solutions, Inc.)	  	Delaware	
		
Greatbatch-Globe Tool, Inc., doing business as Greatbatch Medical
(direct subsidiary of Greatbatch Ltd.)	  	Minnesota	
		
Precimed, Inc., doing business as Greatbatch Medical
(direct subsidiary of Greatbatch Ltd.)	  	Pennsylvania	
		
QiG Group, LLC
(direct subsidiary of Greatbatch Ltd.)	  	Delaware	
		
P Medical Holding SA
(direct subsidiary of Greatbatch Ltd.)	  	Switzerland	
		
Greatbatch Medical SA
(direct subsidiary of P Medical Holding SA)	  	Switzerland	
		
Greatbatch Medical SAS
(direct subsidiary of Greatbatch Medical SA)	  	France	

EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-61476, 333-97209, 333-129002, 333-143519, 333-161159, and 333-174559 on Form S-8, Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-107667 on Form S-3, and Registration Statement No. 333-142400 on Form S-3 of our reports dated February 28, 2012, relating to the consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedule of Greatbatch, Inc. and subsidiary (the “Company”), and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Greatbatch, Inc. for the year ended December 30, 2011.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Williamsville, New York
February 28, 2012

EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Thomas J. Hook, certify that:
 
1.	I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2011 of Greatbatch, Inc.;	
 
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by the report;	
 
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	
 
 	a.	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 
 	b.	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 
 	c.	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	
 
 	d.	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	

5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditor and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
 
 	a.	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 
 	b.	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	

				
Dated: February 28, 2012	 		 		 	/s/ Thomas J. Hook	
	 		 		 	Thomas J. Hook	
	 		 		 	President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)	
 
- 2 -

EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Thomas J. Mazza, certify that:
 
1.	I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2011 of Greatbatch, Inc.;	
 
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by the report;	
 
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	
 
 	a.	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 
 	b.	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 
 	c.	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	
 
 	d.	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	

5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditor and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
 
 	a.	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 
 	b.	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	

			
Dated: February 28, 2012	 		 	/s/    Thomas J. Mazza	
	 		 	Thomas J. Mazza	
	 		 	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)	
 
- 2 -

EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, each of the undersigned officers of Greatbatch, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby certify, to such officer’s knowledge, that:
The Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2011 (the “Form 10-K”) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

				
Dated: February 28, 2012	 		 		 	/s/ Thomas J. Hook	
	 		 		 	Thomas J. Hook	
	 		 		 	President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)	

				
Dated: February 28, 2012	 		 		 	/s/ Thomas J. Mazza	
	 		 		 	Thomas J. Mazza	
	 		 		 	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)	
This certification is being furnished solely to accompany this Form 10-K pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company unless such incorporation is expressly referenced within.